Section 6. Molded Case Circuit Breakers. Contents. VLThermal Mag and Electronic Circut Breakers What s New in Circuit Breakers

Transcription

1 Section m Molded Case Circuit Breakers /3 Applicable Standards /3 Reference Guides /5 Panelboard Mtg Circuit Breakers BL, GFCI, AFCI /13 BQ 125A Frame, Switching Neutral, DIN Rail /17 QJ 225A Frame /19 CQD 100A Frame /20 /22 /25 om ED 125A Frame and Internal Accessories FD 250A Frame and Internal Accessories /28 LD/SLD 00A Frame and Internal Accessories /32 LMD 800A Frame and Internal Accessories /3 ec JD/SJD 400A Frame and Internal Accessories /39 ND/SND 1200A Frame and Internal Accessories /43 lin MD/SMD 800A Frame and Internal Accessories /47 RD 2000A Frame and Internal Accessories /50 STD 3200A Frame and Internal Accessories /52 MagneticTrip Only ETI Motor Circuit Protector /55 on PD/SPD 100A Frame and Internal Accessories Adjustable Instantaneous MagneticTrip Settings /57 Molded Case Switch Circuit Disconnect /0 Sensitrip III Digital Solid State Sentron Series /1 WL Power Circut Breakers - Insulated Case /3 Electronic and Communications Accessories /7 Pressure and Compression Connectors /9 Breaker Modifications /72 Internal Accessories - Feature Combinations /74 External Accessories /75 General Technical Enclosed Circuit Breakers /80 Series Rated Combination Guide /88 Unusual Operating Conditions VL Reference Guide NGG 125A Frame and Accessories /99 Typical Specifications /100 Superseded Circuit Breakers /101 /104 /10 /108 DG 150A Frame and Internal Accesories /112 EG 125A Frame and Internal Accesories Overview /110 FG 250A Frame and Internal Accesories /11 JG 400A Frame and Internal Accesories /120 LG 00A Frame and Internal Accesories /124 po Sentron Thermal Mag and Electronic Circuit Breakers co Catalog Numbering System VLThermal Mag and Electronic Circut Breakers s. /2 nt What s New in Circuit Breakers ne Contents MG 800A Frame and Internal Accesories /128 NG 150A Frame and Internal Accesories /132 PG 150A Frame and Internal Accesories /13 Molded Case Switch /139 Molded Case Protector /140 External Accesories /142 Accessory Locations Suffix for Internal Accesories /157 Technical Data /10 Unusual Operating Conditions /11

2 Molded Case Circuit Breakers introduction OEM Circuit Breakers In this issue of the Speedfax, Siemens introduces the modular and flexible design of Siemens VL molded case circuit breakers (MCCB) for OEM applications. This family of MCCB s allow the OEM customer the flexibility of last minute changes, with a minimum level of stock due to product modularity. The VL family of MCCB s also offer the widest range of field installable accessories in the industry. lay contact for alarms such as Ground Fault Warning and a latching alarm relay contact for trip indication. Interruption Ratings (UL/CSA) N 480Vac Voltage H 480Vac L 480Vac Ratings A Voltage 00Vac 90Vac (IEC) Standards UL, CSA, NOM, IEC, CE Marked Ordering In the FD through RD frames, you may order molded case circuit breakers three basic ways: As separately ordered frames, trip units and lugs As frame, trip unit and lugs ordered as one catalog number and shipped unassembled or assembled As Frame and Trip Unit shipped assembled and with the trip unit made non-removable, in compliance with UL 489 requirements that to be reverse fed the circuit breaker must not have an interchangeable trip unit. These two options are described in the following Components Ordered Separately To get the components for a 3 pole, 400 Amp standard interrupting circuit breaker, you would order the frame (JD3F400), the trip unit (JD3T400) and six lugs (TA2J500). This option is normally useful only if you stock and use large volumes of product and wish to reduce your inventory cost. You may stock, for example, a smaller number of frames (JD3F400) and a variety of trip units (JD3T300, JD3T350, etc.) and assemble breakers as you need them. Frame, Trip Unit and Lugs Ordered Together If you order the catalog number JD3B400, you will receive a frame, a trip unit and lugs in separate packages. By suffixing this number with L (e.g. JD3B400L), you will receive frame, trip unit and lugs assembled in one container. Pursuant to UL 489, a product ordered thus will have the markings LINE and LOAD, and may not be reverse fed (with power flowing from the OFF end of the breaker toward the ON end). Non-Interchangeable Trip Breakers If you place an X after the frame size designator (e.g. JXD3B400), you will receive a frame and trip unit assembled, with the trip unit made non-removable. If you suffix an L to this catalog number (e.g. JXD3B400L), you will recieve the breaker, non-removable trip unit and lugs assembled. Unless you anticipate a specific need to change the breaker s ampere rating in the future, this is the preferred ordering method, as the products are assembled to Siemens specifications in our factories. These breakers are suitable for use reverse fed according to UL 489, since the trip unit is not removable. The smaller frames (QJ, ED and below) do not have removable trip units, and consequently are shipped only as assembled products. To add lugs, see the ordering instructions on each product s catalog page. Connecting Breakers for DC Application Most Siemens thermal magnetic trip MCCBs are applicable on direct current (dc) systems. Generally, for 250 V dc systems a two pole breaker is used, with one pole on each leg of the supply circuit. For three pole breakers applied on 500 V dc systems, it is important to connect the power supply zig-zag through the breaker as shown in the figure below. This assures that the Voltage between phases on the breaker terminals is uniformly distributed. 500V DC Wiring Configuration /2

3 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Catalog Numbering System reference If used on 250A frame and above means non-interchangeable trip breaker with factory assembled frame and trip. Solid state trip and current limiting (S or C in first character) are non-interchangeable only, and the X is omitted. X D Trip Unit Type Omitted Thermal-Magnetic S Sensitrip Electronic Trip Sentron Series Type/Interrupting Range Omitted Standard Rating H High IC Rating HH Extra High IC Rating C Highest IC Rating and Current Limiting Frame Identifier E Type ED M Type MD F Type FD N Type ND J Type JD P Type PD L Type LD R Type RD LM Type LMD T Type TD Maximum Voltage Vac Vac 00 Vac Number of Poles used to indicate the max. functions for an electronic trip circuit breaker (always 3 poles) (Specific Application Type) B Standard 40 C Breaker M Calibrated for 50 C Application F Frame Only T 40 C Trip Unit Only W 50 C Trip Unit Only S Molded Case Switch L Low Instantaneous Range ETI Breaker A Standard Range ETI Breaker H High Instantaneous Range ETI Breaker Maximum Continuous Current Rating ED Frame 015, 020, 025, 030, 035, 040, 045, 050, 00, 070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125 FD Frame 070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 JD Frame 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 LD Frame 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 00 LMD Frame 500, 00, 700, 800 MD Frame 500, 00, 700, 800 ND Frame 900, 100 (1000A), 120 (1200A) PD Frame 120 (1200A), 140 (1400A), 10 (100A) RD Frame 10 (100A), 180 (1800A), 200 (2000A) TD Frame 2000, 2500, 3200 Suffix L where applicable indicates a breaker shipped with line/loads lugs installed A used with a switch to show automatic self protection Y 400 Hertz H 100% rated NOTE: Position omitted if not used. Applicable Standards UL489 Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures. UL48A Wire Connectors and Solderless Lugs for use with copper wire UL48B Wire Connectors and Note: (A) Molded case circuit breakers are designed and tested in accordance to applicable portions of UL489 and CSAC22.2 No 5 and meet application requirements of the National Electric Code. Unless marked otherwise, circuit breakers are 80% duty rated. Solderless Lugs for use with aluminum wire UL943 Ground Fault Interrupters (for personnel protectors) UL1087 Molded Case Switches UL50 Cabinets and Boxes (B) Molded case circuit breakers are to be connected with 0 or 75 C wire for circuit breakers having a rated ampacity of 125 amperes or less. Circuit breakers having a rated ampacity greater than 125 amperes shall only be cabled with 75 C cable unless otherwise indicated on the circuit breaker label. Exceptions to this rule are outlined in the article C(1)(2) of the 2002 National Electric Code and Canadian Electrical Code. UL89 Service Equipment NEMA AB-1 Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Molded Case Switches CSA C22.2 No. 5, C22.2 No. 14 /3

4 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Reference Interrupting Class N Normal H High L Very High C Trip Unit Only Frame Family G Type GG E Type EG D Type DG F Type FG J Type JG L Type LG M Type MG N Type NG P Type PG Breaker Type G Global (UL, IEC, CE, CSA, NOM) M Motor Circuit Protector T Trip Unit Only (Global) S Molded Case Switch H 100% rated J 240V only rated, Non-interchangeable only X Non-Interchangeable Y 100% rated, Non-interchangeable N Naval Number of Poles 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (4P w/ neutral protection) Trip Unit B Thermal Magnetic, standard 40 C ambient L Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Low C Thermal Magnetic, calibrated for 50 C ambient (non-ul) instantaneous range D Electronic w/ LCD, LSI, 3P or 4P (neutral protected) M Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Standard E Electronic w/ LCD, LSIG, 3P/4W (selectable residual or instantaneous range return type ground fault protection) N Electronic LI, 3P or 4P (neutral protected) F Frame only, without trip unit P Electronic LSI, 3P or 4P (neutral protected) H Magnetic only, Motor Circuit Protector - High S Molded Case Switch instantaneous range U Electr onic, LSIG, 3P/4W or 4P, residual ground fault protection X Electronic, LIG, 3P/4W or 4P, residual ground fault protection Continuous Current Rating For GG use 015, 020, 025, 030, 035, 040, 050, 00, 070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125 For EG use 015, 020, 025, 030, 035, 040, 050, 00, 070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125 For DG use 050, 00, 070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125, 150 For FG use 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 For JG use 250, 300, 350, 400 For LG use 400, 500, 00 For MG use 00, 700, 800 For NG use 800, 900, 100 (1000A), 120 (1200A) For PG use 120 (1200A), 140 (1400A), 10 (100A) Terminations B Load End Standard (cu/al) Lugs L Line & Load Standard (co/al) Lugs X No Lugs (use only if accessory suffixes are to follow) Accessories Auxiliary and Alarm Switch Combinations Suffix Description A1 1 Alarm (includes 1NO & 1NC switch with a 2 Aux./1 Alarm Base, for frames EG to JG) Note: A1 and A3 include 1NO and 1NC switch for A2 2 Aux (1NO & 1NC switch with a 3 Aux. Base, for frames EG to JG) alarm purposes, only one of these switches may A3 2 Aux + 1 Alarm (2NO & 2NC switches with a 2 Aux./1 Alarm Base, for frames EG to JG) be used as there is only one space for an alarm. A3 2 Aux + 2 Alarm (2NO & 2NC switches with a 2 Aux./2 Alarm Base, for frames LG to PG) A4 4 Aux (2NO & 2NC switches with a 4 Aux. Base, for frames LG to PG) Shunt Trips RB 24 VDC RM 48-0 VAC RC 48-0 VDC RN VAC RD VDC RS VAC RE 250 VDC RV VAC Under Voltage Releases UA 12 VDC UN VAC UB 24 VDC UP 208 VAC UC 48 VDC UR VAC UD VDC US 277 VAC UE VDC UT VAC UG 0 VDC UU VAC UV 00 VAC LCD = Liquid Crystal Display LS = Long Delay & Short Delay trip functions LSI = Long Delay, Short Delay, & Instantaneous trip functions LSIG = Long Delay, Short Delay, Instantaneous, & Ground Fault trip functions GF = Ground Fault 3P = 3-pole 4W = 4-wire /4

5 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Reference Guide Thermal-Magnetic Trip Breakers Load Center Breakers Selection / Application Panelboard Breakers QP, QPH, HQP, BQD, QT QPP QPPH HQPP HQPPH QPJ BL BLH HBL BQD Page , , , Ratings AC DC Poles 1, 2 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 2 2,3 1, 2, 3, 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 Amperes, Continuous Volts (0 Hertz) CSA/UL Interrupting Rating Symmetrical RMS Amperes 1-Pole 2-Pole 120/ / / / / / / / / Pole / V 10,000 10,000 22,000 5,000 10,000 22,000 5,000 5, V 10,000 10,000 22,000 5, ,000 10,000 10,000 22,000 5,000 5, V 14, V 10,000 a 480/277V 14,000 00/347V 10,000 a Volts 2-Pole 250 Interrupting Rating DC Amperes 14,000 e Height 15 50A A A 3.12 Dimensions in A inches 1-Pole Width 2-Pole Pole Depth Overcurrent Thermal and Fixed Magnetic Trip Devices Molded Case Switch Undervoltage Trip Accessories & Shunt Trip Modifications Auxiliary Switch Individual Enclosures QP, QPH, HQP Alarm Switch Type 1 Indoor Surface Type 1 Indoor, Flush Type 3R Outdoor-Rainproof BL, BLH, HBL BQD, BQD For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. BQD CSA cerified 00Y/347V 15 70A only. Types QPP, QPPH, HQPP and HQPPH are special 2-pole configurations for load center mains. Amperage range = A, width = 4 in. Single pole breakers available in ratings 15 70A only. 125A, 2-pole 120/240V AC only. 14,000A IR at 277/480V AC only. Not applicable to types QPP and QPPH. Single pole circuit breakers available in ratings 15-70A only, 125A available as a 2-pole only. Not applicable to type HQPP. Fits only Siemens EQIII load centers. Breaker is 2 or 3 poles wide. /5

6 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Reference Guide Thermal-Magnetic Trip Breakers General Purpose Breakers BQ BQH HBQ QJ2 QJH2 QJ2-H HQJ2-H CQD NGG Page Ratings AC DC Poles 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 1-Pole Amperes, Continuous 2-Pole Pole Pole / / /240 Volts (0 Hertz) 2-Pole /277 00/347 3-Pole V 10,000 22,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 CSA/UL Interrupting Rating 240V 10,000 22,000 5,000 10,000 22,000 42, ,000 5,000 5,000 Symmetrical RMS Amperes 480/277V 14,000 25,000 00/347V 10,000 18,000 Volts 2-Pole Interrupting Rating DC Amperes 14,000 14, A Height A Dimensions in 0 225A inches 1-Pole Width 2-Pole Pole Depth Overcurrent Thermal and Fixed Magnetic Trip Devices Molded Case Switch Undervoltage Trip Shunt Trip Accessories & Auxiliary Switch Modifications Alarm Switch Individual Enclosures Selection / Application Mechanical Interlock Fungus Proofing (ref. page 10) Type 1 Indoor Surface Type 1 Indoor, Flush Type 3R Outdoor-Rainproof BQ, BQH, HBQ QJ2, QJH2, QJ2-H CQD NGG For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. 3-pole breakers only (factory installed only). Type CQD CSA only. /

7 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Reference Guide Thermal-Magnetic Trip Breakers General Purpose Breakers Selection / Application FDA, HFD, HHFD, ED2 ED4 ED HED4 CED FXDA HFXD HHFXD CFD Page AC Ratings Interrupt Rating Symmetrical RMS Amperes Dimensions in inches Overcurrent Devices Accessories & Modifications Individual Enclosures DC Poles 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 Amperes, Continuous Volts 50/0HZ 1-Pole CSA / UL 2-Pole 3-Pole V 10, V 10,000 5,000 5, , ,000 5, , , , V 22,000 15, V 30, V 18,000 25, , ,000 35,000 15, , ,000 00V 18, ,000 18, , , , /240V Icu 5, ,000 5, , ,000 Ics 17,000 33, , ,000 IEC /415V Icu 35, ,000 35,000 15, ,000 50/0HZ Ics 19,000 18, , , V Icu 18,000 20, ,000 15,000 Ics 15,000 10, , ,000 2-Pole, 250V DC Interrupting Ratings 5,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 3-Pole, 500V DC Interrupting Ratings 18,000 50,000 18,000 25,000 50,000 Height Pole Width 2-Pole Pole Depth Thermal and Fixed Magnetic Trip Thermal and Adjustable Magnetic Trip Adjustable Magnetic Trip Only Motor Circuit Protector Molded Case Switch Undervoltage Trip Shunt Trip Auxiliary Switch Alarm Switch Mechanical Interlock Rear Connection Studs Electric Motor Operator Plug-In Mounting Assembly Fungus Proofing (ref. page 10) Type 1 Indoor Surface Type 1 Indoor, Flush Type 3R Outdoor-Rainproof Type 7 Flammable Gas Atmosphere Type 9 Combustion Dusttight Type 5, 12 Lint, Fine Dust, Oils, Coolants Type 12K Semi-Dusttight For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. 1-pole only A: 25,000 AIR at 277V AC. For DC UPS system application. Single pole ED (15 30A) 30kA, (35 100A) 18 ka. CSA Only. /7

8 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Reference Guide Thermal-Magnetic Trip Breakers General Purpose Breakers JD-A, HJD-A, HHJD-A, LD, HLD, HHLD, JXD2-A JXD-A HJXD-A HHJXD-A CJD LXD HLXD HHLXD CLD Page Ratings AC DC Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 Amperes, Continuous Volts 50/0HZ Interrupt Rating Symmetrical RMS Amperes 2-Pole 3-Pole V 5,000 5, , , ,000 5, , , ,000 CSA / UL 480V 35,000 05, , ,000 35,000 15, , , /240V 00V 25, , , ,000 25, , , ,000 Icu 5, , ,000 5, , ,000 Ics 33, , ,000 33, , ,000 IEC Icu 40,000 05, ,000 40,000 15, , /415V 50/0HZ Ics 20, , ,000 20, , , V Icu 30, ,000 15,000 30, ,000 15,000 Ics 15, , ,000 15, , ,000 2-Pole 250V DC Interrupting Ratings 30,000 30, ,000 30,000 30, , ,000 3-Pole, 500V DC Interrupting Ratings 25, ,000 50,000 25, , ,000 Height Dimensions in 2-Pole inches Width 3-Pole Overcurrent Devices Accessories & Modifications Individual Enclosures Depth Thermal and Adjustable Magnetic Trip Adjustable Magnetic Trip Only Motor Circuit Protector Molded Case Switch Undervoltage Trip Shunt Trip Auxiliary Switch Alarm Switch Mechanical Interlock Rear Connection Studs Electric Motor Operator Plug-In Mounting Assembly Fungus Proofing (ref. page 10) Type 1 Indoor Surface Type 1 Indoor, Flush Type 3R Outdoor-Rainproof Type 7 Flammable Gas Atmosphere Type 9 Combustion Dusttight Type 5, 12 Lint, Fine Dust, Oils, Coolants Selection / Application Type 12K Semi-Dusttight For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. For DC UPS application. /8

9 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Reference Guide Thermal-Magnetic Trip Breakers General Purpose Breakers Selection / Application LMD, HLMD, MD, HMD, ND, HND, LMXD HLMXD MXD HMXD CMD NXD HNXD CND Page Ratings Dimensions in inches Overcurrent Devices Accessories & Modifications Individual Enclosures AC DC Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 Amperes, Continuous Volts 50/0 HZ 2-Pole 3-Pole V 5, ,000 5, , ,000 5, , ,000 CSA / UL 480V 50,000 15,000 50,000 15, ,000 50,000 15, ,000 00V 25, ,000 25, ,000 15,000 25, ,000 15,000 Interrupt Rating Icu 5, ,000 5, , ,000 5, , ,000 Symmetrical RMS 220/240V Amperes Ics 33, ,000 33, , ,000 33, , ,000 IEC Icu 40,000 15,000 40,000 15, ,000 40,000 15, , /415V 50/0HZ Ics 20, ,000 20, , ,000 20, , , V Icu 30, ,000 30, ,000 15,000 30, ,000 15,000 Ics 15, ,000 15, , ,000 15, , ,000 2-Pole 250V DC Interrupting Ratings 30, ,000 30, , ,000 30, , ,000 3-Pole, 500V DC Interrupting Ratings 25, ,000 25, , ,000 25, , ,000 Height Width 2-Pole Pole Depth Thermal and Fixed Magnetic Trip Thermal and Adjustable Magnetic Trip Adjustable Magnetic Trip Only Motor Circuit Protector Molded Case Switch Undervoltage Trip Shunt Trip Auxiliary Switch Alarm Switch Mechanical Interlock Rear Connection Studs Electric Motor Operator Plug-In Mounting Assembly Fungus Proofing (ref. page /73) Type 1 Indoor Surface Type 1 Indoor, Flush Type 3R Outdoor-Rainproof Type 5, 12 Lint, Fine Dust, Oils, Coolants Type 7 Flammable Gas Atmosphere Type 9 Combustion Dusttight Type 12K Semi-Dusttight For DC UPS application. For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. /9

10 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Reference Guide Thermal-Magnetic Trip Breakers General Purpose Breakers PD, HPD, RD, HRD, PXD HPXD CPD RXD HRXD Page Ratings Dimensions in inches Poles Amperes, Continuous Volts 50/0 HZ 3-Pole 11,00 111,00 111,00 11,00 111,00 240V 5, , ,000 5, ,000 CSA / UL 480V 50,000 15, ,000 50,000 15,000 00V 25, ,000 15,000 25, ,000 AC Interrupt Rating Icu 5, , ,000 5, ,000 Symmetrical RMS 220/240V Ics 33, , ,000 33, ,000 Amperes IEC Icu 40,000 15, ,000 40,000 15, /415V 50/0HZ Ics 10, , ,000 10, ,000 DC 500V Icu 30, ,000 15,000 30, ,000 Ics 18, , ,000 18, ,000 2-Pole 250V DC Interrupting Ratings 30, , ,000 30, ,000 3-Pole, 500V DC Interrupting Ratings 25, , ,000 25, ,000 Circuit breakers require Connect-all Height mounting block. Dimensions shown Width are for circuit breaker only. Depth Overcurrent Thermal and Adjustable Magnetic Trip Devices Molded Case Switch Undervoltage Trip Shunt Trip Auxiliary Switch Accessories & Alarm Switch Modifications Mechanical Interlock Individual Enclosures Electric Motor Operator Fungus Proofing (ref. page 10) Mounting Block (required) Type 1 Indoor Surface Type 1 Indoor, Flush Type 3R Outdoor-Rainproof Type 7 Flammable Gas Atmosphere Selection / APplication Type 9 Combustion Dusttight Type 5, 12 Lint, Fine Dust, Oils, Coolants Type 12K Semi-Dusttight For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. For DC UPS application. Requires Connect-all mounting assembly. Dimensions shown are for circuit breaker only. /10

11 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Reference Guide Electronic Trip Breakers Solid State Trip Cicuit Breakers Selection / Application SJD SHJD SCJD SLD SHLD SCLD SMD SHMD SCMD Page Poles Amperes, Continuous Volts 50/0 HZ 3-Pole Ratings AC Interrupt Rating 240V 5, , ,000 5, , ,000 5, , ,000 Symmetrical RMS CSA / UL 480V 35,000 15, ,000 35,000 15, ,000 50,000 15, ,000 Amperes 00V 25, , ,000 25, , ,000 25, ,000 15,000 Dimensions in inches Overcurrent Devices Accessories & Modifications Individual Enclosures Height Width 3-Pole Depth Solid State Trip Undervoltage Trip Shunt Trip Auxiliary Switch Alarm Switch Mechanical Interlock Rear Connection Studs Electric Motor Operator Plug-In Mounting Assembly Fungus Proofing (ref. page 10) Type 1 Indoor Surface Type 1 Indoor, Flush Type 3R Outdoor-Rainproof Type 7 Flammable Gas Atmosphere Type 9 Combustion Dusttight Type 5, 12 Lint, Fine Dust, Oils, Coolants Type 12K Semi-Dusttight For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. /11

12 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Reference Guide Electronic Trip Breakers Solid State Trip Circuit Breakers Insulated Case Circuit Breakers SND SHND SCND SPD SHPD STD SHTD SHHTD SBA SBS SBH Page Ratings Dimensions in inches Overcurrent Devices Accessories & Modifications Individual Enclosures AC Poles Amperes, Continuous Volts 50/0HZ 3-Pole Interrupt Rating Symmetrical RMS Amperes Selection / Application 240V 5, , ,000 5, ,000 5, , ,000 5, , ,000 CSA / UL 480V 50,000 15, ,000 50,000 15,000 35,000 15, ,000 5, , ,000 00V 25, ,000 15,000 25, ,000 25, , ,000 50,000 85, ,000 Icu /415V EC Ics /0HZ Icu 15 90V Ics 15 Height Width Depth Solid State Trip Undervoltage Trip Shunt Trip Auxiliary Switch Alarm Switch Mechanical Interlock Rear Connection Studs Electric Motor Operator Plug-In Mounting Assembly Stored Energy Mechanism Drawout Construction Fungus Proofing (ref. page 10) Type 1 Indoor Surface Type 1 Indoor, Flush Type 3R Outdoor-Rainproof Type 7 Flammable Gas Atmosphere Type 9 Combustion Dusttight Type 5, 12 Lint, Fine Dust, Oils, Coolants Type 12K Semi-Dusttight For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. /12 Requires connect-all mounting block assembly. Dimensions shown are for circuit breaker. Breaker has rating plugs which can be changed within each frame rating.

13 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Panelboard Mounting Circuit Breakers Type BL Low Tab Bolt-on (10,000A IR) Non-Interchangeable Trip 1-Pole 2-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole Auxiliary Switches Control Voltage Shunt Trip 1A and 1B AC DC Suffix Suffix 120V...00S V...00S SELECTION / APPLICATION 120/240V AC 240V AC 240V AC Continuous 120/240V AC Common Trip Common Trip Common Trip Current Rating Catalog Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number Number 015 B B B215R B B B B220R B B B B225R B B B B230R B B B B235R B B B B240R B B B B245R B B B B250R B B B B20R B B B B270R B B B280R B B B290R B B B2100R B B B Type BLH Low Tab Bolt-on (22,000A IR) 015 B115H B215H B315H B120H B220H B320H B125H.00 B225H B325H B130H.00 B230H B330H B140H.00 B240H B340H B150H.00 B250H B350H B10H.00 B20H B30H B170H B270H B370H B280H B380H B290H B390H B2100H B3100H Type HBL Low Tab Bolt-on (5,000A IR) 015 B115HH B215HH B315HH B120HH B220HH B320HH B130HH B230HH B330HH B140HH B240HH B340HH B150HH B250HH B350HH B20HH B30HH B270HH B370HH B280HH B380HH B290HH B390HH B2100HH B3100HH 5.00 Types BL/BLH/HBL Internal Accessories (Factory installed only; require one additonal pole width) Built to order. Allow 3 4 weeks for delivery. a CSA Certified / UL Listed for frequent switching applications (SWD). 120V AC fluorescent lighting. For 400 cycle CSA Certified/ UL Listed devices, add Y suffix to catalog number. Add 25% to list price. 5000A interrupting rating Built To Order. CSA Certified / UL Listed for 3 phase 240V grounded B at 10,000 AIR. HACR rated. Modifications - page /73 Accessories - page /75 to /80 /13

14 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Panelboard Mounting Circuit Breakers Selection Ordering Instructions All BL circuit breakers are supplied with load side connectors. All standard circuit breakers are calibrated for 40 C maximum ambient application. Shipping Weights - BL, BLH, HBL Shipping Number of Number Per Weight (lbs.) Poles Carton/Master Master 1 12/ (15 50A) / (0 70A) / (80 125A) / (15 100A) 4/ Lugs (Load Side) Circuit Breaker Cables Per Wire Range Type Ampere Rating Lug Cu/Al Catalog Number BL, BLH, HBL #14 #10 AWG Cu 1 #12-#10 AWG AI 1 #14 # AWG Cu 1 #12-# AWG AI 1 #8 # AWG Cu 1 #8-#4 AWG AI 1 #8 #4 AWG Cu 1 #8-#2 AWG AI 1 #4 #1/0 AWG Cu 1 #2-#1/0 AWG AI 1 #2 #1/0 AWG Cu 1 #1/0-#2/0 AWG AI Fixed in Breaker BL/BLH/HBL Breaker Dimensions (inches) Type Amperes L D1 D2 BL, BLH BL, BLH HBL For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. Accessories page /75 to / 80. /14

15 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Special Application Panelboard Mounting Breakers SELECTION GFCI Personnel Protection (Class A) (5MA) Complete Breaker UL Unenclosed Breaker Ampere Catalog Interrupting Ratings (KA) (RMS Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC Type Rating Number / BLF 15 BF Pole 20 BF BF BF BLF 2-Pole BLHF 1-Pole BLHF 2-Pole 15 BF BF BF BF BF BF BF115H BF120H BF130H BF215H BF220H BF230H BF240H BF250H BF20H EQF Equipment Protection (30MA) BLE 1-Pole 120V AC BLE 2-Pole 120/240V AC BLEH 1-Pole BLEH 2-Pole 15 BE BE BE BE BE BE BE BE BE BE120H BE130H BE215H BE220H BE230H BE240H BE250H BE20H AFCI Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter BAF 15 B115AF Pole 20 B120AF BAFH 15 B115AFH Pole 20 B120AFH HID Lighting BL 15 B115HID Pole 20 B120HID B130HID BL 15 B215HID Pole 20 B220HID B230HID Switching Neutrals BG 15 BG Wire 20 BG Common Trip 30 BG BG 15 BG Wire 20 BG Common Trip 30 BG Pole 2 Pole B115AF BG Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. HACR rated. Meets 2002 NEC Section SA Certified / UL Listed for frequent switching applications (SWD). 120V AC fluorescent lighting. /15

16 Molded Case Circuit Breakers BQD 100A Frame Panelboard Mounting Circuit Breakers BQD BQD CSA Certified 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 347V AC 00/347V AC 00/347V AC Continuous Current Rating Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number 15 BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) Number Volts AC Volts DC Breaker of 480/ 00/ Type Poles BQD (UL&CSA) BQD (CSA) BQD Internal Accessories 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 480Y/277V AC 277V AC 125V DC 125/250V DC 480Y/277V AC Continuous Current Rating Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number 15 BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD BQD Control Voltage Shunt Trip Shunt Trip and Auxiliary Switch Combinations Catalog Catalog V AC V DC Number Number 120 BQDST BQDST120AAS BQDST BQDST240AAS BQDST BQDST277AAS BQDST BQDST480AAS BQDST BQDST00AAS BQDST BQDST12DAS BQDST BQDST24DAS BQDST BQDST48DAS BQDST BQDST125DAS BQD, BQD BQD, BQD Shipping Weights Selection Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) (ea.) 1 1/12/ // /4/1 2.0 Lugs For 0/70 C Wire BQD Load End Only #14 # AWG Cu #12 # AWG Al #8 #1 AWG Cu # #1/0 AWG Al Maximum Voltage Auxiliary Switch Alarm Switch Catalog Catalog AC DC Number Number BQDA BQDBA BQDA For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. Built to order. Allow 8 weeks for delivery. /1 SWD rated for switching 277V AC fluorescent lighting. HID rated at 277V AC. Not suitable for 3 phase delta 480V and 00V applications. Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Combination Catalog Number BQDA1BA HACR rated. Accessories pages /75 to /80

17 Molded Case Circuit Breakers BQ 125A Frame SELECTION Ordering Instructions All BQ circuit breakers are supplied with load side lugs. All standard circuit breakers are calibrated for 40 C maximum ambient application. BQ 125A Frame BQ (10,000A IR) Non-Interchangeable Trip 1-Pole 2-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 120/240V AC 240V AC 240V AC Continuous 120/240V AC Common Trip Common Trip Common Trip Current Rating Catalog Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number Number 015 BQ1B BQ2B BQ2H BQ3B BQ1B BQ2B BQ2H BQ3B BQ1B BQ2B BQ3B BQ1B BQ2B BQ2H BQ3B BQ1B BQ2B BQ3B BQ1B BQ2B BQ2H BQ3B BQ1B BQ2B BQ3B BQ1B BQ2B BQ2H BQ3B BQ1B BQ1B BQ2B BQ2H BQ3B BQ1B BQ2B BQ2H BQ3B BQ2B BQ3B BQ2B BQ2H BQ3B BQ2B BQ2H BQ3B BQH (22,000A IR) 015 BQ1B015H BQ2B015H BQ3B015H BQ1B020H BQ2B020H BQ3B020H BQ1B030H.00 BQ2B030H BQ3B030H BQ1B040H.00 BQ2B040H BQ3B040H BQ1B050H.00 BQ2B050H BQ3B050H BQ1B055H BQ1B00H.00 BQ2B00H BQ3B00H BQ1B070H BQ2B070H BQ3B070H BQ2B080H BQ3B080H BQ2B090H BQ3B090H BQ2B100H BQ3B100H HBQ (5,000A IR) 015 HB1B HB2B HB3B HB1B HB2B HB3B HB1B HB2B HB3B HB1B HB2B HB3B HB1B HB2B HB3B HB2B HB3B HB2B HB3B HB3B HB2B HB3B HB2B HB3B BQ/BQH/HBQ Internal Accessories (Factory installed only) Auxiliary Switches Control Voltage Shunt Trip 1A and 1B AC DC Suffix Suffix 120V...00S01...A01 Built to order. Allow 3 4 weeks for delivery. a CSA Certified / UL Listed for frequent switching applications (SWD). 120V AC fluorescent lighting. HCAR rated. e For 400 cycle CSA Certified / UL Listed devices, add Y suffix to catalog number. Add 25% to list price. 5000A interrupting rating. UL Listed for use on 3 phase grounded B systems 5000A IR for this application. Interrupting Ratings page / Accessories pages /75 to /80 Modifications page /75 /17

18 Molded Case Circuit Breakers DIN Rail Mounted Circuit Breakers Type BQXD BQ Breaker with DIN Rail Mounting - UL Listed only 1-Pole 2-Pole Interrupting Ratings (KA) (RMS Symmetrical Amperes) Continuous Current Catalog Catalog Volts AC Rating Number Number 120/ BQ1B015QLD BQ2B015QLD BQ1B020QLD BQ2B020QLD BQ1B025QLD BQ2B025QLD BQ1B030QLD BQ2B030QLD BQ1B035QLD BQ2B035QLD BQ1B040QLD BQ2B040QLD BQ1B045QLD BQ2B045QLD BQ1B050QLD BQ2B050QLD BQ1B00QLD BQ2B00QLD 8.00 Finger Safe Terminal Shield Protects against accidental contact with lugs 1 per lug. Fits line and load end. Catalog Number Qty BQFS2 2 BQFS1K 1000 Shipping Weights Shipping Number of Number Per Weight (lbs.) Poles Carton/Master Master BQ 1 (15 50A) / (55 70A) / 23 1 (15 70A, 22 and 5K A IR) / 23 2 (15 50A) 3/ (0 125A) 3/ (15 100A, 22 and 5K A IR) 3/ (15 100A, 240V) 3/ (15 100A) 2/22 23 BQH and HBQ 1 / / /22 24 Enclosures Type Catalog Number 1 EB3100S 3R WB Lugs-For Use with BQ, BQH, HBQ Selection Breaker Dimensions (inches) Type Amperes L D1 D2 BQ, BQH BQ, BQH HBQ BQXD Circuit Cables Lug Breaker Per Wire Range Catalog Amp. Rtg. Lug AWG Number Line Side Load Side #14 # Cu 1 #12 # Al 1 #8 #1 Cu 1 # #1/0 Al 2-Pole DIN Rail mtd (UL listed only) TC1Q TA1Q #14 #10 Cu 1 #14 #10 Al 1 #14 # Cu 1 #14 # Al 1 #8 # Cu Connectors are 1 #8 #4 Al Supplied with 1 #8 #4 Cu Circuit Breaker 1 #8 #2 Al 1 #4 #1/0 Cu 1 #2 #1/0 Al 1 #2 #1/0 Cu 1 #1/0 #2/0 Cu For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. Built to order. Allow 3 4 weeks for delivery. a Terminals are CSA Certified / UL Listed for 0 /75 C conductors. Connector has steel construction. /18 Surface mounted indoor. If flush mounting is required, replace suffix S in catalog number with suffix F. Discount Schedule B. Does not include circuit breaker. Order circuit breaker separately. Neutral included in enclosure. Enclosure will not accept circuit breakers with shunt trips or auxiliary switches installed. Package of connectors. BQXD uses TA1Q1 or TC1Q1 lugs on both line and load ends. Accessories pages /75 to /80

19 Molded Case Circuit Breakers QJ 225A Frame Type QJ2 2-Pole 3-Pole Continuous 240V AC 240V AC Current Rating Catalog 40 C Number Number 00 QJ22B QJ23B QJ22B QJ23B QJ22B QJ23B QJ22B QJ23B QJ22B QJ23B QJ22B QJ23B QJ22B QJ23B QJ22B QJ23B QJ22B QJ23B QJ22B QJ23B QJ22B QJ23B Type QJH2 00 QJH22B00 QJH23B QJH22B070 QJH23B QJH22B080 QJH23B QJH22B090 QJH23B QJH22B100 QJH23B QJH22B110 QJH23B QJH22B125 QJH23B QJH22B150 QJH23B QJH22B175 QJH23B QJH22B200 QJH23B QJH22B225 QJH23B Type QJ2H 00 QJ22B00H QJ23B00H QJ22B070H QJ23B070H QJ22B080H QJ23B080H QJ22B090H QJ23B090H QJ22B100H QJ23B100H QJ22B110H QJ23B110H QJ22B125H QJ23B125H QJ22B150H QJ23B150H QJ22B175H QJ23B175H QJ22B200H QJ23B200H QJ22B225H QJ23B225H Type HQJ2H 100 HQJ23B100H HQJ23B110H HQJ23B125H HQJ23B150H HQJ23B175H HQJ23B200H HQJ23B225H SELECTION / DIMENSIONS Ordering Information Load side TA1Q300 lugs are mounted and included when circuit breaker is ordered. For line and load lugs (TA1Q300) installed at no additional charge, add suffix L to catalog number. 50 C Calibration - See page HZ. - See page -72. Shipping Weights QJ2, QJH2, QJ2H, HQJ2H Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) Lugs For 75 C Wire Catalog Lug Lug Number Body Wire Range TA1Q300 Al (1) # 300 kcmil Cu (1) #4 300 kcmil Al TC1Q250 Cu (1) # 250 kcmil Cu Enclosures (Neutral Included) Catalog Type Number 1 EB3225(S)(F) 3R (2-pole) WB R (3-pole) WB UL 489 Interrupting Ratings Breaker Type 240V AC QJ2 010,000 QJH2 022,000 QJ2H 042,000 HQJ2H 100,000 QJ2 Internal Accessories (Factory installed only) 3-pole only. Add suffix to catalog number. Auxiliary Switches Shunt Trip and Control Voltage Shunt Trip 1A and 1B 2A and 2B 1A and 1B Auxiliary Switch AC DC Suffix Suffix Suffix Suffix 120/240 00S01 A01 A02 01S S07 A01 A02 01S S11 A01 A02 01S11 Built to order. Allow 3 4 weeks for delivery. Built to order. Allow 7 9 weeks for delivery. See Note: A page -70. HACR rated. Internal accessories are not available on 2-pole QJ breakers. Accessories pages /73 to /8 /19

20 Molded Case Circuit Breakers CQD 100A Frame Type CQD (Cable In - Cable Out) DIN Rail Mount Type CQD (Cable In - Cable Out) CSA Certified (not UL) Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) Breaker Number Volts AC (50/0 Hz) Volts DC Type of Poles /277 00/ CQD (UL) CQD (CSA) 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 277V AC 480Y/277V AC Continuous 125V DC 125/250V DC 480Y/277V AC Current Rating Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number 115 CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 347V AC 00Y/347V AC Continuous 125V DC 125/250V DC 00Y/347V AC Current Rating Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number 115 CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD CQD Shunt Trip Control Voltage CQD, CQD, NGG V AC V DC Catalog Number 120 CQDST CQDST CQDST CQDST CQDST CQDST CQDST CQDST CQDST125 Shipping Weights Auxiliary Switch Maximum Number Voltage ofcqd, CQD, NGG AC DC Contacts Catalog Number A 1B CQDA A 2B CQDA2 Alarm Switch Maximum Voltage CQD, CQD, NGG AC DC Catalog Number CQDBA Selection Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight lbs. (kg) (0) (0) (1) Lugs For 0/75 C Wire Amps Wire Size #14 # AWG Cu #12 # AWG Al #8 #1 AWG Cu # #1/0 AWG Al CQD, CQD CQD, CQD Shunt Trip Voltage CQD, CQD, NGG AC DC Catalog Number 120 CQDST120AAS 240 CQDST240AAS 277 CQDST277AAS 480 CQDST480AAS 00 CQDST00AAS 012 CQDST12DAS 024 CQDST24DAS 048 CQDST48DAS 125 CQDST125DAS For Breaker Catalog # CQD, CQD, NGG CQDA1BA 5.4 Shunt Trip and Auxiliary Switch Alarm and Auxillary Switch Combinations For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. Built to order. Allow 3 4 weeks for delivery. SWD rated. HID rated. HACR rated. Accessories pages /23 and /73 to /81 /20

21 Sentron Thermal Magnetic and Electronic Circuit Breakers /21

22 Molded Case Circuit Breakers ED 125A Frame Sentron Series Ordering Instructions Type ED2 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 125V DC Continuous 120V AC 125V DC 240V AC 250V DC 240V AC Current Rating Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number Note: ED frame circuit breakers qualified to UL 489 Supplement SB Naval See page -72 for additional information Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. / ED21B ED22B ED23B ED21B ED22B ED23B ED21B ED22B ED23B ED21B ED22B ED23B ED21B ED22B ED23B ED21B ED22B ED23B ED21B ED22B ED23B ED21B ED22B ED23B ED21B ED22B ED23B ED21B ED22B ED23B ED21B ED22B ED23B ED21B ED22B ED23B ED21B ED22B ED23B Type ED4 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 120V AC Continuous 277V AC 125V DC 480V AC 250V DC 480V AC Current Rating Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number Type ED 015 ED41B ED42B ED43B ED41B ED42B ED43B ED41B ED42B ED43B ED41B ED42B ED43B ED41B ED42B ED43B ED41B ED42B ED43B ED41B ED42B ED43B ED41B ED42B ED43B ED41B ED42B ED43B ED41B ED42B ED43B ED41B ED42B ED43B ED41B ED42B ED43B ED41B ED42B ED43B ED42B ED43B ED42B ED43B125 CSA Certified only (Not UL) For CED types and all ampere ED frames. See Note: A, page -70. SWD rated. HACR rated. Shipping Weights Selection All ED Frame Sentron circuit breakers are supplied with load side lugs. If line side lugs are required, add L suffix to catalog number, and breaker will be supplied with line lugs installed at no charge. 50 C Calibration, 400HZ - see page -72. All ED frame circuit breakers may be reverse connected. 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole Blue Label Blue Label Blue Label Continuous 347V AC 00V AC 250V DC 00V AC 500V DC Current Rating Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number 015 ED1B ED2B ED3B ED1B ED2B ED3B ED1B ED2B ED3B ED1B ED2B ED3B ED1B ED2B ED3B ED1B ED2B ED3B ED1B ED2B ED3B ED1B ED2B ED3B ED1B ED2B ED3B ED1B ED2B ED3B070 =0 080 ED1B ED2B ED3B ED1B ED2B ED3B ED1B ED2B ED3B ED3B ED3B125 Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) ED2, ED4, ED, HED CED Lugs Ampere No. of Catalog Wire Rating Poles Number Range Aluminum Body Lugs All 15 25A 1, 2, 3 Line/Load #14 #10 Cu SA1E025 #12 #10 Al All A 1, 2, 3 Line Side LN1E100 #10 1/0 Cu/Al ED2, 4, CED Load Side 30 0A 1 LD1E00 #10 #4 Cu/Al ED2, 4, CED Load Side A 1 LD1E100 # #1/0 Cu/Al ED2, 4,, HED4 2, 3 Load Side A LN1E100 #10 1/0 Cu/Al All 110, 125A 2, 3 Line/Load #3 3/0 Cu TA1E125 #1 2/0 Al Copper Body Lugs All A 1, 2, 3 Line/Load TC1ED150 #10 1/0 Cu only Compression Lugs All ED, CED CCE125 2/0 Enclosures (Neutral Included) Type Catalog Number 1 (Surface) E2N1S(15 100A) (Flush) E2N1F(15 100A) R E2N3R(15 100A) X EDSS4(15 100A) EA(15 0A) EB(70 100A) E2N12 (15 100A) (Surface) CEDN1S (Flush) CEDN1F R CEDN3R CEDN Modifications page -72 Accessories pages -25 and -73 to -8

23 Molded Case Circuit Breakers ED 125A Frame Sentron Series Selection Type HED4 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole Black Label FIGURE1 - ED, HED Continuous 277V AC 125V DC 480V AC 250V DC 480V AC Current Rating Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number 015 HED41B HED42B HED43B HED41B HED42B HED43B HED41B HED42B HED43B HED41B HED42B HED43B HED41B HED42B HED43B HED41B HED42B HED43B HED41B HED42B HED43B HED41B HED42B HED43B HED41B HED42B HED43B HED41B HED42B HED43B HED41B HED42B HED43B HED41B HED42B HED43B HED41B HED42B HED43B HED42B HED43B HED42B HED43B Fuseless Current Limiting Type CED Red Label Continuous Current 2-Pole 3-Pole 00V AC, 250V DC 00V AC, 500V DC Rating Catalog 40 C Number Number 015 CED2B CED3B CED2B CED3B CED2B CED3B CED2B CED3B CED2B CED3B CED2B CED3B CED2B CED3B CED2B CED3B CED2B CED3B CED2B CED3B CED3B CED2B CED3B Interrupting Ratings 1 POLE 2 POLE 3 POLE FIGURE 2 - CED (3 Pole shown) CSA C22.2 / UL 489 AIR (File #E10848) IEC RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) Volts AC (50/0Hz) Breaker Volts AC Volts DC 220/ / Type lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs ED2 (1-P) ED2 (2, 3-P) (2-P) ED4 (1-P) ED4 (2, 3-P) (2-P) ED (1P) 30 ED (2, 3-P) (2-P) 18 (3-P) HED4 (1-P) (15 30A) HED4 (1-P) (35 100A) HED4 (2, 3-P) (2-P) CED (2, 3-P) (2-P) 50 (3-P) H W1 H Dimensions (in inches) W2 W2, W3 W3 Breaker Type W1 W2 W3 H D D1 Figure 1 ED2, ED4, ED, HED4, ED ETI Figure 2 CED, CED ETI D1 D D1 D Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. SWD rated. When wired as shown on page -2, this circuit breaker is CSA Certified / UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems. HED4 type circuit breakers meet the CSA / UL criteria for current limiting at 240V AC. ED-ETI, CED-ETI, see page -5 for ordering information. e Single Pole 15-30A 347V A 347V HACR rated. /23

24 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories Accessories for: ED 125A Frame Combinations Available only when ordered together. Only one module can be added to a breaker. Additional accessories, which always attach to the left pole, cannot be added to the combination later. Equipment Ground Sensing A field addable kit containing 30mA or 5 ma ground fault accessory module, current transformer with 24 inch leads, and current transformer mounting equipment. Current transformer to mount in gutter of lighting panel or any control panel. Accessory module operates from separate 120V control power source. Both 30MA and 5MA devices are equipment protection devices only. Do not use for personnel protection. Shunt Trip Combinations SELECTION Selection 1 Shunt Trip Control 1 Shunt Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch 1 Shunt Trip and 1 Shunt Trip and 2 Voltage 1 Shunt Trip 1 Auxiliary Switch and 1 Alarm Switch 1 Alarm Switch Auxiliary Switches AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 024 S17ED0 048 S18ED0 120 S01ED0 S01ED2A S01ED2AB S01ED2B S01ED2AA 208 S02ED2A S02ED2AB S02ED2B S02ED2AA 240 S03ED0 S03ED2A S03ED2AB S03ED2B S03ED2AA 277 S15ED0 S15ED4A S15ED4AB S15ED4B 480 S04ED0 S04ED4A S04ED4AB S04ED4B 012 S1ED0 S1ED2A 024 S07ED0 S07ED2A S07ED2AB S07ED2B S07ED2AA 048 S09ED0 S09ED2A S09ED2AB S09ED2B S09ED2AA 125 S11ED0 S11ED2A S11ED2AB S11ED2B S11ED2AA 250 S13ED0 S13ED2A S13ED2AB S13ED2B S13ED2AA Undervoltage Trip Combinations 1 Undervoltage Trip 1 Undervoltage and 1 Auxiliary 1 Undervoltage 1 Undervoltage Control 1 Undervoltage Trip and Switch and Trip and Trip and 2 Voltage Trip 1 Auxiliary Switch 1 Alarm Switch 1 Alarm Switch Auxiliary Switches AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 120 U01ED0 U01ED2A U01ED2AB U01ED2B U01ED2AA 208 U02ED0 U02ED2A U02ED2AB U02ED2B U02ED2AA 240 U03ED0 U03ED2A U03ED2AB U03ED2B U03ED2AA 277 U1ED0 U1ED4A U1ED4AB U1ED4B 480 U0ED0 U0ED4A U0ED4AB U0ED4B 00 U08ED0 024 U13ED0 U13ED2A U13ED2AB U13ED2B U13ED2AA 048 U14ED0 U14ED2A U14ED2AB U14ED2B U14ED2AA 125 U10ED0 U10ED2A U10ED2AB U10ED2B U10ED2AA 250 U12ED0 U12ED2A U12ED2AA Auxiliary and Alarm Switch Combinations Maximum 1 Auxiliary 1 Alarm Switch Alarm Switch and 2 Auxiliary 1 Alarm Switch and Voltage Switch* 1 Auxiliary Switch Switches 2 Auxiliary Switches AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number A01ED2 B00ED2 A01ED2B A02ED2 A02ED2B 480 A01ED4 B00ED4 A01ED4B 12 A01EDLV* Gold Plated Contacts for PLC use Ground Fault Sensing Relay Kit Equipment Protection Only For Use With Number of Catalog Number Breaker Frame Poles Description 30mA 5mA ED2, ED4, ED, HED4 Basic Kit GF01ED0 GF01ED Basic Kit with Normally 1, 2, 3 Open Bell Alarm GF01ED0B0 GF01ED5B Basic Kit with Normally Closed Bell Alarm GF01ED0BC GF01ED5BC Built to order. Allow 7 9 weeks for delivery. /24

25 Molded Case Circuit Breakers FD 250A Frame Sentron Series Selection Type FXD-A Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) Type FD-A Interchangeable Trip Blue Label Continuous 2-Pole 3-Pole Current Rating Catalog 40 C Number Number 70 FXD2B FXD3B FXD2B FXD3B FXD2B FXD3B FXD2B FXD3B FXD2B FXD3B FXD2B FXD3B FXD2B FXD3B FXD2B FXD3B FXD2B FXD3B FXD2B FXD3B FXD2B FXD3B250 Blue Label Complete Breaker Continuous Unassembled with Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only Current Rating Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number 2-Pole 00V AC, 250V DC 70 FD2B FD2T FD2B FD2T FD2B FD2T FD2B FD2T FD2B FD2T FD2B FD2F FD2T FD2B FD2T FD2B FD2T FD2B FD2T FD2B FD2T FD2B FD2T Pole 00V AC, 500V DC 70 FD3B FD3T FD3B FD3T FD3B FD3T FD3B FD3T FD3B FD3T FD3B FD3F FD3T FD3B FD3T FD3B FD3T FD3B FD3T FD3B FD3T FD3B FD3T Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) CSA / UL 489 AIR (File E10848) IEC Volts AC (50/0Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/0Hz) Breaker / / Type lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs FXD-A, FD-A (2-P) 18 (3-P) HFXD, HFD (2-P) 25 (3-P) HHFD, HHFXD CFD (2-P) 50 (3-P) Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range Breaker Ampere Nominal Instantaneous Values Rating Low High Note: FD frame qualified to UL489 supplement SB NAVAL. See page -73 for additional information. Ordering Information Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Prices of FD, HFD, and HHFD breakers includes frame, trip and both line and load lugs (TA1FD350). When ordered by these catalog numbers, the customer will receive the frame, trip, and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed. Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs Prices of FXD, HFXD, HHFXD, and CFD includes frame with noninterchangeable trip unit installed only. Order required lugs separately. For line and load lugs (TA1FD350A) installed, add suffix L to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lugs for each pole). 50 C Applications see page Hz Applications see page -72. Lugs For 75 C Wire Catalog Number Wire Range TA1FD350A # 350 kcmil Cu #4 350 kcmil Al TC1FD350 # 350 kcmil Cu Compression Lug CCF kcmil Cu/Al Enclosures Type Catalog Number 1 FN1S(F) R FN3R X FDSS EC FN Neutral N Modifications page -72 Accessories pages -28 and -73 to -8 Built to order. Allow 3 4 weeks for delivery. Type FXD-A circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse fed applications. 2-pole units are 3-pole width. When wired as shown on page -2, this circuit breaker is CSA Certified / UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. Order neutral as separate item. See Note: A, page -9. HFD and HHFD type circuit breakers meet the UL criteria for current limiting at 240 and 480V AC. HACR rated. /25

26 Molded Case Circuit Breakers FD 250A Frame Sentron Series SELECTION / DIMENSIONS Type HFD, Type HFXD Interchangeable Trip Complete Breaker Continuous Unassembled with Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only Current Rating Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number 2-Pole 00V AC, 250V DC (3 Pole Width) Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) Continuous Current 40 C D 3-Pole 00V AC/500V DC Catalog Number Black Label 070 HFD2B FD2T HFD2B FD2T HFD2B FD2T HFD2B FD2T HFD2B FD2T HFD2B HFD2F FD2T HFD2B FD2T HFD2B FD2T HFD2B FD2T HFD2B FD2T HFD2B FD2T250 3-Pole 00V AC, 500V DC 070 HFD3B FD3T HFD3B FD3T HFD3B FD3T HFD3B FD3T HFD3B FD3T HFD3B HFD3F FD3T HFD3B FD3T HFD3B FD3T HFD3B FD3T HFD3B FD3T HFD3B FD3T250 Type HHFD, HHFXD 3-Pole 00V AC, Extra High Interrupting 070 HHFD3B070 FD3T HHFD3B080 FD3T HHFD3B090 FD3T HHFD3B100 FD3T HHFD3B110 FD3T HHFD3B125 HHFD3F FD3T HHFD3B150 FD3T HHFD3B175 FD3T HHFD3B200 FD3T HHFD3B225 FD3T HHFD3B250 FD3T Type CFD Fuseless Current Limiting Red Label 070 CFD3B CFD3B CFD3B CFD3B CFD3B CFD3B CFD3B CFD3B CFD3B CFD3B CFD3B D1 W Dimensions (in inches) Breaker D1 Type W L D (to handle) Figure 1 FXD-A, FD-A, HFD, HFXD, HHFD, FD-ETI Figure 2 CFD, CFD-ETI W Figure 1 Figure 2 Shipping Weights L D Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) FD-A, HFD, HHFD, FXD-A Assembled Circuit Breaker (less connectors) FD-A, HFD, HHFD Frame Only FD Trip Unit Only CFD Assembled Circuit Breaker (less terminals) L Built to order. Allow 3 4 weeks for delivery. When wired as shown on page -3, this circuit breaker is CSA Certified / UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems. For non-interchangeable trip 3-pole HFD type circuit /2 breaker, change prefix identifier from HFD to HFXD. Price equals frame and trip prices combined, e.g. price of HFXD3B250 equals price of HFD3F250 plus price of FD3T250. Order lugs separately. Type HFXD, HHFXD, CFD are CSA Certified / UL Listed for reverse feed applications. Type HFXD, HFD, HHFD, HHFXD meet the CSA Certified / UL criteria for Current Limiting at 240 VAC and 480V AC. FXD, ETI, CFD, ETI See page -55 for ordering information. HACR rated.

27 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories Accessories for: FD 250A Frame Shunt Trip Combinations Control Voltage Undervoltage Trip Combinations 1 Undervoltage Trip and Control Voltage 1 Undervoltage Trip 1 Auxiliary Switch AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Maximum 1 Alarm Switch and Voltage 1 Alarm Switch 1 Auxiliary Switch AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number B00FD C01FD Selection SELECTION 120 U01FD W01FD U02FD W02FD U03FD W03FD U1FD W1FD U0FD W0FD U08FD W08FD U13FD W13FD U14FD W14FD U10FD W10FD U12FD W12FD Voltage 1 Shunt Trip AC DC Catalog Number 024 S17FD0 120 S01FD0 240 S03FD0 277 S15FD0 480 S04FD0 00 S0FD0 012 S1FD0 024 S07FD0 048 S09FD0 125 S11FD0 250 S13FD0 Auxiliary Switch Combinations 1 Auxiliary Switch* 2 Auxiliary Switches AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number 480 A01FD A02FD A01FDLV* Gold Plated Contacts - for PLC use Alarm Switch Combinations Built to order. Allow 7 9 weeks for delivery. Auxiliary switch application is for 480V AC maximum. Note: Old F-frame accessories cannot be used in new Sentron line. Likewise, new FD-frame accessories cannot be used on old F-frame circuit breakers. /27

28 Molded Case Circuit Breakers JD 400A Frame Sentron Series Selection Type JXD2-A 240V AC, 250V DC Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs) Blue Label Continuous 2-Pole (3 Pole Width) 3-Pole Current Rating Catalog 40 C Number Number 200 JXD22B JXD23B JXD22B JXD23B JXD22B JXD23B JXD22B JXD23B JXD22B JXD23B JXD22B JXD23B Type JXD-A 00V AC, 500V DC Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs) Type JD-A Interchangeable Trip Blue Label 200 JXD2B JXD3B JXD2B JXD3B JXD2B JXD3B JXD2B JXD3B JXD2B JXD3B JXD2B JXD3B Blue Label Complete Breaker Continuous Unassembled with Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only Current Rating Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number 2-Pole 00V AC, 250V DC (3 Pole Width) 200 JD2B JD2T JD2B JD2T JD2B JD2F JD2T JD2B JD2T JD2B JD2T JD2B JD2T Pole 00V AC, 500V DC 200 JD3B JD3T JD3B JD3T JD3B JD3T JD3B JD3F JD3T JD3B JD3T JD3B JD3T Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) CSA / UL 489 AIR (File E10848) IEC Volts AC Volts DC Volts AC (50/0Hz) Ordering Information Breaker (50/0Hz) 220/ / Type lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs JXD (2-P) JXD-2, JD-A (2-P) 25 (3-P) HJD-A, HJXD-A (2-P) 35 (3-P) HHJD-A, HHJXD CJD (2-P) 50 (3-P) Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range Breaker Ampere Nominal Instantaneous Values Rating Low High Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Prices of JD, HJD, and HHJD breakers include frame, trip and both line and load lugs (TA2J500). When ordered by these catalog numbers, the customer will receive the frame, trip, and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed. Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs Prices of JXD, HJXD, HHJXD, and CJD include frame with noninterchangeable trip unit installed only. Order required lugs separately. For line and load lugs (TA2J500) installed, add suffix L to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lugs for each pole). 100% Rated Types JXD and HJXD breakers are available with 100% ratings. To order add suffix H to catalog number, and 10% to list price. 100% rated JD breakers require the use of 90 C Cu cable and lugs TC1J00 or TC2J C Applications see page Hz Applications see page -70. Lugs For 75 C Wire Cables Catalog per Wire Number Lug Range TA2J500 1, 2 #3/0-500 kcmil Cu #4/0-500 kcmil Al kcmil Al TA1L kcmil Al kcmil Cu TC1J00 1 #3/0-00 kcmil Cu 9.00 TC2J500 1, 2 #3/0-500 kcmil Cu 8.00 Compression Lug CCL kcmil Cu/Al Built to order. Allow 3-4 weeks for delivery. Type JXD circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed applications. When wired as shown on page -3, this circuit breaker is CSA Certified / UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. See Note: A, page -9. /28 HHJD type circuit breakers meet the CSA / UL criteria for current limiting at 240 and 480V AC. HACR rated. Note: JD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B NAVAL. See page -72 for additional information. Modifications page -72 Accessories pages -32 and -75 to -80

29 Molded Case Circuit Breakers JD 400A Frame Sentron Series Type HJD-A, HJXD-A Interchangeable Trip Complete Breaker Continuous Unassembled with Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only Current Rating Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number 2-Pole 00V AC, 250V DC (3 Pole Width) 200 HJD2B JD2T HJD2B JD2T HJD2B HJD2F JD2T HJD2B JD2T HJD2B JD2T HJD2B JD2T Pole 00V AC, 500V DC Type HHJD, HHJXD-A 2-Pole 00V AC (3 Pole Width) Black Label 200 HJD3B JD3T HJD3B JD3T HJD3B HJD3F JD3T HJD3B JD3T HJD3B JD3T HJD3B JD3T Black Label 200 HHJD2B JD2T HHJD2B JD2T HHJD2B HHJD2F JD2T HHJD2B JD2T HHJD2B JD2T HHJD2B JD2T HHJD3B JD3T HHJD3B JD3T HHJD3B HHJD3F JD3T HHJD3B JD3T HHJD3B JD3T HHJD3B JD3T Type CJD Fuseless Current Limiting Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breakers Without Lugs) Continuous Current 40 C 2-Pole 00V AC/250V DC 3-Pole Red Label 00V AC/500V DC Catalog Number D 200 CJD3B CJD3B For 2-pole application CJD3B use outside poles of CJD3B pole circuit breaker CJD3B CJD3B D1 W Selection Figure 1 Figure 2 Dimensions (in inches) To Breaker Handle Type W L D D1 Figure 1 JXD2-A, JXD-A, JD-A HJD-A, HJXD-A, HHJD, HJD, HJXD, HHJXD, JXD-ETI Figure CJD, CJD-ETI Enclosures L W Catalog List Type Number Price $ 1 JN R JN3R JN X LDSS , 9 ( A) EC , 9 ( A) EE Neutral W Shipping Weights Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) JXD2, JXD, JD, HJD, HHJD Assembled Breaker (less terminals) JD, HJD, HHJD Frame Only JD Trip Unit Only CJD Complete Assembled Breaker (less terminals) D L For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. Built to order. Allow 3-4 weeks for delivery. 2-pole units available in 3-pole construction. When wired as shown on page -2, this circuit breaker is CSA Certified / UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. For non-interchangeable 3-pole HJD or HHJD type circuit breaker change the prefix identifier to HJXD or HHJXD. Order lugs separately. JXD-ETI, CJD-ETI see page -55 for ordering information. Type HJXD, HHJXD Circuit Breakers are CSA Certified / UL listed for reverse fed applications. CE applies to non-interchangeable type HJXD only. HACR rated. /29

30 Molded Case Circuit Breakers SJD 400A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Type SJD(A) Blue Label 3-Pole, 00V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating SJD SJD SJD SJD9200G SJD9300G SJD9400G SJD9200NT SJD9300NT SJD9400NT SJD9200NGT SJD9300NGT SJD9400NGT Type SJDA-H Blue Label 3-Pole, 00V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating SJD9200H SJD9300H SJD9400H SJD9200GH SJD9300GH SJD9400GH SJD9200NTH SJD9300NTH SJD9400NTH SJD9200NGTH SJD9300NGTH SJD9400NGTH Type SHJD(A) Black Label 3-Pole, 00V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating SHJD SHJD SHJD SHJD9200G SHJD9300G SHJD9400G SHJD9200NT SHJD9300NT SHJD9400NT SHJD9200NGT SHJD9300NGT SHJD9400NGT SJD 400A Frame 100% Rated Type SJD(A)-H Black Label Trip Unit Adjustable Functions 3-Pole, 00V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating SHJD9200H SHJD9300H SHJD9400H SHJD9200GH SHJD9300GH SHJD9400GH SHJD9200NTH SHJD9300NTH SHJD9400NTH SHJD9200NGTH SHJD9300NGTH SHJD9400NGTH Current Limiting Type SCJD Red Label 3-Pole, 00V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating SCJD SCJD SCJD SCJD9200G SCJD9300G SCJD9400G SCJD9200NT SCJD9300NT SCJD9400NT SCJD9200NGT SCJD9300NGT SCJD9400NGT Short Suffix Cont Long Instan- Short Short Time Ground Ground Letter Trip Current Time taneous Time Time l 2 t Fault Fault Code Type Setting Delay Setting Pick Up Delay Pick Up Pick Up Delay None LI G LIG NT LSI NGT LSIG Interrupting Ratings Breaker RMS Symmetrical ka CSA / UL 489 (File E10848) Type 240V AC 480V AC 00V AC SJD SLD SHJD SHLD SCJD SCLD Ordering Information Required lugs for Digital Sentron Series SJD and SLD frames are sold as separate items. Separate items lugs are suitable for 75 C wire. SJD, SCJD, SLD, SCLD are acceptable for reverse connection application. SHJD and SHLD are not acceptable for reverse connection application. Shipping Weights Breaker Number per Shipping Type Carton Weight (lbs) SJD(A), SLD(A) 1 20 SHJD(A), SHLD(A) 1 20 SCJD, SCLD 1 33 Lugs for 75 C Wire No of Cables List Catalog per Con- Wire Price Number nector Range $ TA2J #3/0-500 kcmil Cu #4/0-500 kcmil Cu TA1L kcmil Cu/Al kcmil Cu 8.00 TC1J00 1 #3/0-00 kcmil Cu 9.00 TC2J500 2 #3/0-500 kcmil Cu 8.00 TA2J30 2 #4 #3/0-Cu/Al Compression Lug CCL00 (1 pc.) #1/0-500 kcmil Cu/Al Neutral Transformers (for 3ø, 4 wire) Ampere Catalog Rating Number 200 N02SJD N03SJD N04SJD N05SLD N0SLD Enclosures (For JD frame, excluding SCJD) Type Catalog Number 1 JN R JN3R X LDSS , 9 ( A) EC , 9 ( A) EE JN Neutral W Accessories pages /32 and /72 to /8 Note: G suffix in catalog number denotes circuit breaker for 3 phase, 3 wire systems. For 3 phase, 4 wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral) transformer as separate and additional item. /30 Built to order. Allow 3-4 weeks for delivery. For additional information, see Note: A, page -9. Refer to the NEC for proper application of 100% rated devices.

31 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories Accessories for: JD 400A Frame LD 00A Frame LMD 800A Frame SJD 400A Frame SLD 00A Frame Sensitrip Ammeter The Ammeter Display Units plug into the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays the phrase current flowing in the SADU breaker. They are powered by the breaker s CT s with replaceable battery back-up for maintaining trip and max logs. The SADU reads currents, current imbalance, current demand, and trip status. Ammeter Mounting Kit The Ammeter may also be panel or door mounted using the SADURMK18 remote mounting kit. Shunt Trip Combinations 1 Shunt Trip and Control Voltage 1 Shunt Trip 1 Auxiliary Switch AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Selection 024 S17JLD S18JLD S01JLD S01JLD2A S03JLD S03JLD2A S15JLD S15JLD4A S04JLD S1JLD S1JLD2A S07JLD S07JLD2A S09JLD S09JLD2A S11JLD S11JLD2A S13JLD S13JLD2A Undervoltage Trip Combinations Control 1 Undervoltage Trip and 1 Undervoltage Trip and Voltage 1 Undervoltage Trip 1 Auxiliary Switch 2 Auxiliary Switches AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 120 U01JLD U01JLD2A U01JLD2AA U02JLD U02JLD2A U02JLD2AA U03JLD U03JLD2A U03JLD2AA U1JLD U1JLD4A U1JLD2AA U0JLD U0JLD4A U0JLD4AA U08JLD U13JLD U13JLD2A U13JLD2AA U14JLD U14JLD2A U14JLD2AA U10JLD U10JLD2A U10JLD2AA U12JLD U12JLD2A U12JLD2AA Auxiliary Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage 1 Form C* 2 Form C AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number A01JLD A02JLD A01JLDLV* (Gold Plated Contacts) Alarm Switch Combinations Maximum 1 Alarm Switch and 1 Alarm Switch and Voltage 1 Alarm Switch 1 Auxiliary Switch 2 Auxiliary Switches Catalog Catalog Catalog AC DC Number Number Number B01JLD A01JLD4B A02JLD4B Plug-in Ammeter Display Units Breaker Type Desc. Catalog Number SJD, SLD Display Unit Remote Mounting Kit SADU SADURMK18 Note: Accessory modules can only be added to right side pole of solid state SJD and SLD frame circuit breakers. All accessories on this page are useable on superseded JD2, JJ, JL, HJ, SJL, LJ, LL, HL and SLL circuit breakers. Built to order. Allow 7-9 weeks for delivery. No accessories can be added if mechanical interlock is used. /31

32 Molded Case Circuit Breakers LD 00A Frame Sentron Series Selection Type LXD-A Blue Label Ordering Information Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs) Type LD-A Interchangeable Trip Complete Breaker Continuous Unassembled w/lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only Current Rating Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number 2-Pole 00V AC, 250V DC (3 Pole Width) 250 LD2B JD2T LD2B JD2T LD2B JD2T LD2B LD2F00 JD2T LD2B LD2T LD2B LD2T LD2B LD2T Pole 00V AC, 500V DC 250 LD3B JD3T LD3B JD3T LD3B JD3T LD3B LD3F00 JD3T LD3B LD3T LD3B LD3T LD3B LD3T Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) CSA / UL 489 AIR (File E10848) IEC Blue Label Breaker Volts AC (50/0Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/0Hz) Type c 220/ / (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) LXD, LD (2-P) 25 (3-P) HLD, HLXD (2-P) 35 (3-P) HHLD, HHLXD CLD (2-P) 50 (3-P) Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range Breaker Ampere Nominal Instantaneous Values Rating Low High Built to order. Allow 3-4 weeks for delivery. Type LXDA circuit breakers are CSA Certified / UL Listed for reverse fed applications. When wired as shown on page -3, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. See Note: A, page -9. HACR rated. Note: LD frame qualified to UL489 supplement SB NAVAL. See page -72 for additional information. /32 2-Pole (3 Pole Width) 3-Pole Continuous 00V AC 250V DC 00V AC 500V DC Current Rating Catalog 40 C Number Number 450 LXD2B LXD3B LXD2B LXD3B LXD2B LXD3B Modifications page /72 Accessories pages /3 and /73 to /8 Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Prices of LD, HLD, and HHLD breakers include frame, trip, and both line and load lugs (TA2J500). When ordered by these catalog numbers, the customer will receive the frame, trip and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed. Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs Prices of LXD, HLXD, HHLXD, and CLD include frame with noninterchangeable trip unit installed only. Order required lugs separately. For line and load lugs (TA2J500) installed, add suffix L to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lugs for each pole). 100% Rated Types, LXD and HLXD breakers are available with 100% ratings. To order add suffix H to catalog number, and 10% to list price. 100% rated LD breakers require the use of 90 C Cu cable and lugs TC1J00 or TC2J C Applications see page Hz Applications see page -72. Shipping Weights Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) LXD, LD, HLD, HHLD Assembled Breaker (less terminals) LD, HLD, HHLD Frame Only LD, HHLD Trip Unit Only CLD Complete Assembled Breaker (less terminals) Lugs For 75 C Wire Cables Catalog per Wire Number Lug Range TA2J500 1, 2 #3/0 500 kcmil Cu 2 #4/0 500 kcmil Al kcmil Al TC2J500 2 #3/0-500 kcmil Cu TA1L kcmil Al kcmil Cu TC1J00 1 #3/0-00 kcmil Cu Compression Lug CCL kcmil Cu/Al

33 Molded Case Circuit Breakers LD 00A Frame Sentron Series Type HLD-A, HLXD Interchangeable Trip Black Label Complete Breaker Continuous Unassembled w/lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only Current Rating Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number 2-Pole 00V AC, 250V DC (3 Pole Width) 250 HLD2B JD2T HLD2B JD2T HLD2B JD2T HLD2B HLD2F00 JD2T HLD2B LD2T HLD2B LD2T HLD2B LD2T Pole 00V AC, 500V DC 250 HLD3B JD3T HLD3B JD3T HLD3B JD3T HLD3B HLD3F00 JD3T HLD3B LD3T HLD3B LD3T HLD3B LD3T Type HHLD, HHLXD 2-Pole 00V AC (3 Pole Width) Black Label 250 HHLD2B JD2T HHLD2B JD2T HHLD2B JD2T HHLD2B HHLD2F00 JD2T HHLD2B HHLD2T HHLD2B HHLD2T HHLD2B HHLD2T00 3-Pole 00V AC 250 HHLD3B JD3T HHLD3B JD3T HHLD3B JD3T HHLD3B HHLD3F00 JD3T HHLD3B HHLD3T HHLD3B HHLD3T HHLD3B HHLD3T00 Type CLD f Fuseless Current Limiting Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker) Continuous Current 40 C 2-Pole 3-Pole Dimensions (in inches) 00V AC/250V DC Red Label 00V AC/500V DC Catalog Number 450 For 2-pole application CLD3B use outside poles of CLD3B pole circuit breaker CLD3B00 D1 W Selection To Handle Breaker Type W L D D1 Figure 1 LXD-A, LD-A HLD-A HHLD, HHLXD, LXD ETI Figure 2 CLD, CLD-ETI Enclosures D L W Figure 1 Figure 2 Catalog Type Number 1 LDN R LDN3R LDN X LDSS ,9 ED Neutral W D L For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section Built to order. Allow 3-4 weeks for delivery. When wired as shown on page -2, this circuit breaker is CSA Certified / UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. For complete assembled 3 pole HLD or HHLD type circuit breaker change the prefix identifier HLD or HHLD to HLXD or HHLXD. Price is sum of frame and trip units prices, e.g. price of HLXD3B400 is the price of HLD3F00 plus the price of LD3T00. Order the terminal connectors separately. Type HLXD, HHLXD Circuit Breakers are CSA Certified / UL Listed for reverse feed applications. LXD-ETI, CLD-ETI see page -55 for ordering information. CE Applies to non-interchangable type HLXD only. HACR rated. /33

34 Molded Case Circuit Breakers SLD 00A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series Type SLD(A) Blue Label Black Label Red Label 3-Pole, 00V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating SLD SLD SLD SLD SLD9300G SLD9400G SLD9500G SLD900G SLD9300NT SLD9400NT SLD9500NT SLD900NT SLD9300NGT SLD9400NGT SLD9500NGT SLD900NGT Trip Unit Adjustable Functions Type SHLD(A) Note: G suffix in catalog number denotes circuit breaker for 3 phase, 3 wire circuits. For 3 phase, 4 wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral) transformer as separate and additional item. 3-Pole, 00V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating SHLD SHLD SHLD SHLD SHLD9300G SHLD9400G SHLD9500G SHLD900G SHLD9300NT SHLD9400NT SHLD9500NT SHLD900NT SHLD9300NGT SHLD9400NGT SHLD9500NGT SHLD900NGT Current Limiting Type SCLD 3-Pole, 00V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating SCLD SCLD SCLD SCLD SCLD9300G SCLD9400G SCLD9500G SCLD900G SCLD9300NT SCLD9400NT SCLD9500NT SCLD900NT SCLD9300NGT SCLD9400NGT SCLD9500NGT SCLD900NGT Short Suffix Cont Long Instan- Short Short Time Ground Ground Letter Trip Current Time taneous Time Time l 2 t Fault Fault Code Type Setting Delay Setting Pick Up Delay Pick Up Pick Up Delay None LI G LIG NT LSI NGT LSIG /34 For ordering information and terminal connectors, neutral transformers and enclosures, see page % Rated Not available in SLD Frame. Built to order. Allow 3-4 weeks for delivery. SJD, SLD SJD, SHJD, SLD, SHLD SCJD, SCLD Dimensions (Inches) Type Catalog Number 1 LDN1 3R LDN3R 4 4X LDSS4 7, 9 ED 12 LDN12 Neutral W0993 Selection Breaker Type W H D D1 SJD(A), SHJD(A) SLD(A), SHLD(A) SLD, SHLD SCJD SCLD Enclosures (For LD frame, excluding SCLD) H H

35 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories Accessories for: JD 400A Frame LD 00A Frame LMD 800A Frame SJD 400A Frame SLD 00A Frame Sensitrip Ammeter The Ammeter Display Units plug into the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays the phrase current flowing in the SADU breaker. They are powered by the breaker s CT s with replaceable battery back-up for maintaining trip and max logs. The SADU reads currents, current imbalance, current demand, and trip status. Ammeter Mounting Kit The Ammeter may also be panel or door mounted using the SADURMK18 remote mounting kit. Shunt Trip Combinations 1 Shunt Trip and Control Voltage 1 Shunt Trip 1 Auxiliary Switch AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Undervoltage Trip Combinations Selection 024 S17JLD S18JLD S01JLD S01JLD2A S03JLD S03JLD2A S15JLD S15JLD4A S04JLD S1JLD S1JLD2A S07JLD S07JLD2A S09JLD S09JLD2A S11JLD S11JLD2A S13JLD S13JLD2A Control 1 Undervoltage Trip and 1 Undervoltage Trip and Voltage 1 Undervoltage Trip 1 Auxiliary Switch 2 Auxiliary Switches AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 120 U01JLD U01JLD2A U01JLD2AA U02JLD U02JLD2A U02JLD2AA U03JLD U03JLD2A U03JLD2AA U1JLD U1JLD4A U1JLD2AA U0JLD U0JLD4A U0JLD4AA U08JLD U13JLD U13JLD2A U13JLD2AA U14JLD U14JLD2A U14JLD2AA U10JLD U10JLD2A U10JLD2AA U12JLD U12JLD2A U12JLD2AA Auxiliary Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage 1 Form C* 2 Form C AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number A01JLD4 A02JLD A01JLDLV* (Gold Plated Contacts) Alarm Switch Combinations Maximum 1 Alarm Switch and 1 Alarm Switch and Voltage 1 Alarm Switch 1 Auxiliary Switch 2 Auxiliary Switches Catalog Catalog Catalog AC DC Number Number Number B01JLD A01JLD4B A02JLD4B Plug-in Ammeter Display Units Breaker Type Desc. Catalog Number SJD, SLD Display Unit SADU Remote Mounting Kit SADURMK Note: Accessory modules can only be added to right side pole of solid state SJD and SLD frame circuit breakers. All accessories on this page are useable on superseded JD2, JJ, JL, HJ, SJL, LJ, LL, HL and SLL circuit breakers. Built to order. Allow 4-9 weeks for delivery. No accessories can be added if mechanical interlock is used. /35

36 Molded Case Circuit Breakers LMD 800A Frame Sentron Series Type LMXD Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs) Type LMD Interchangeable Trip Blue Label Continuous 2-Pole (3 Pole Width) 3-Pole Current Rating Catalog 40 C Number Number 500 LMXD3B LMXD2B LMXD3B LMXD2B LMXD3B LMXD2B LMXD3B800 Complete Breaker Continuous Unassembled w/lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only Current Rating Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number 2-Pole 00V AC, 250V DC (3 Pole Width) 500 LMD2B LMD2T LMD2B LMD2F LMD2T LMD2B LMD2T LMD2B LMD2T800 3-Pole 00V AC, 500V DC Blue Label 500 LMD3B LMD3T LMD3B LMD3F LMD3T LMD3B LMD3T LMD3B LMD3T Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range Nominal Instantaneous Values Ampere Rating Low High Ordering Information Shipping Weights Selection Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Prices of LMD and HLMD breakers include frame, trip, and both line and load lugs (TA3K500). These catalog numbers include the frame, trip and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed. Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs Prices of LMXD and HLMXD include frame with noninterchangeable trip unit installed only. Order required lugs separately. For line and load lugs (TA3K500) installed, add suffix L to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lugs for each pole). 50 C Applications see page Hz Applications see page -72. Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) LMD, HLMD, LMXD, HLMXD Complete Breaker (less terminals) LMD, HLMD Frame Only LMD, HLMD Trip Unit Only Lugs for 75 C Wire Cables Catalog per Wire Number Lug Range TA2K500 1, 2 #1-500 kcmil Cu/Al 4.00 TA3K #1/0-500 kcmil Cu/Al TA2N750 1, kcmil Cu/Al Built to order. Allow 3-4 weeks for delivery. LMXD circuit breakers are CSA Certified / UL Listed for reverse connected applications. Use lugs for 3-pole, use 4 connectors for 2-pole. When wired as shown on page -2, this circuit breaker is CSA Certified / UL listed and rated for use on 500UDC ungrounded UPS systems only. See Note: A, page -9. HACR rated. Modifications page /72 Accessories pages /39 and /73 to /8 /3

37 Molded Case Circuit Breakers LMD 800A Frame Sentron Series Type HLMXD Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs) Continuous Current 40 C 00V AC 2-Pole 250V DC 00V AC 3-Pole 500V DC Catalog Number Black Label 500 For 2-Pole application use HLMXD3B outside poles of 3-Pole HLMXD3B circuit breaker. HLMXD3B HLMXD3B800 SELECTION / DIMENSIONS Type HLMD Interchangeable Trip Black Label Complete Breaker Continuous Unassembled Frame Only Trip Unit Only Current Rating Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number 2-Pole 00V AC, 250V DC (3 Pole Width) 500 HLMD2B LMD2T HLMD2B HLMD2F800 LMD2T HLMD2B LMD2T Pole 00V AC, 500V DC 500 HLMD3B LMD3T HLMD3B HLMD3F800 LMD3T HLMD3B LMD3T HLMD3B LMD3T Interrupting Ratings UL 489A IR IEC RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) Volts AC (50/0HZ) Breaker Volts AC Volts DC 220/ / Type (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) LMD, LMXD (2-P) 25 (3-P) HLMD, HLMXD (2-P) 50 (3-P) W D1 D Dimensions (in inches) Breaker Type W L D D1 LMD, LMXD, HLMD, HLMXD LMXD-ETI Enclosures Catalog Type Number 1 LMD R LMD3R LMD Neutral W L For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. Built to order. Allow 3-4 weeks for delivery. HLMXD circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse connection applications. LMXD-ETI, see page -55 for catalog information. When wired as shown on page -2, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500VDC ungrounded UPS systems only. HACR rated. /37

38 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories Accessories for: JD 400A Frame LD 00A Frame LMD 800A Frame SJD 400A Frame SLD 00A Frame Sensitrip Ammeter The Ammeter Display Units plug into the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays the phrase current flowing in the SADU breaker. They are powered by the breaker s CT s with replaceable battery back-up for maintaining trip and max logs. The SADU reads currents, current imbalance, current demand, and trip status. Ammeter Mounting Kit The Ammeter may also be panel or door mounted using the SADURMK18 remote mounting kit. Shunt Trip Combinations 1 Shunt Trip and Control Voltage 1 Shunt Trip 1 Auxiliary Switch AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Selection 024 S17JLD S18JLD S01JLD 59.00S01JLD2A S03JLD 59.00S03JLD2A S15JLD 59.00S15JLD4A S04JLD S1JLD 59.00S1JLD2A S07JLD 59.00S07JLD2A 048 S09JLD 59.00S09JLD2A 125 S11JLD 59.00S11JLD2A 250 S13JLD 59.00S13JLD2A Undervoltage Trip Combinations Control 1 Undervoltage Trip and 1 Undervoltage Trip and Voltage 1 Undervoltage Trip 1 Auxiliary Switch 2 Auxiliary Switches AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 120 U01JLD U01JLD2A U01JLD2AA U02JLD U02JLD2A U02JLD2AA U03JLD U03JLD2A U03JLD2AA U1JLD U1JLD4A U1JLD2AA U0JLD U0JLD4A U0JLD4AA U08JLD U13JLD U13JLD2A U13JLD2AA U14JLD U14JLD2A U14JLD2AA U10JLD U10JLD2A U10JLD2AA Auxiliary Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage 1 Form C* 2 Form C AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number A01JLD4 A02JLD A01JLDLV* (Gold Plated Contacts) Alarm Switch Combinations Maximum 1 Alarm Switch and 1 Alarm Switch and Voltage 1 Alarm Switch 1 Auxiliary Switch 2 Auxiliary Switches Catalog Catalog Catalog AC DC Number Number Number B01JLD A01JLD4B A02JLD4B Plug-in Ammeter Display Units Breaker Type Desc. Catalog Number SJD, SLD Display Unit SADU Remote Mounting Kit SADURMK Note: Accessory modules can only be added to right side pole of solid state SJD and SLD frame circuit breakers. All accessories on this page are useable on superseded JD2, JJ, JL, HJ, SJL, LJ, LL, HL and SLL circuit breakers. Built to order. Allow 7-9 weeks for delivery. No accessories can be added if mechanical interlock is used. /38

39 Molded Case Circuit Breakers MD 800A Frame Sentron Series Selection Type MXD Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) Continuous 2-Pole 3-Pole Current Rating Catalog 40 C Number Number Type MD Interchangeable Trip 3-Pole 00V AC, 500V DC Catalog Cables Lugs Wire Number Per Lug Per Kit Range TA2K #1-500 kcmil Cu/Al 4.00 TA3K /0-500 kcmil Cu/Al TC2K #1-500 kcmil Cu TC3K #1-350 kcmil Cu Kits 2TA2N TA2N kcmil Cu/Al TA3N TA3N kcmil Cu/Al TA4N TA4N kcmil Cu/Al TA4P TA4P kcmil Cu/Al Ampere Nominal Instantaneous Values Rating Low High Built to order. Allow 3-4 weeks for delivery. MXD circuit breakers are CSA Certified / UL Listed for reverse connection applications. 2-pole units available in 3-pole width only. Use connectors for 3-pole, use 4 connectors for 2-pole. When wired as shown on page -3, this circuit breaker is CSA Certified / UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems. Blue Label 500 MXD2B MXD3B MXD2B MXD3B MXD2B MXD3B MXD2B MXD3B Complete Breaker Continuous Unassembled with Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only Current Setting Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number 2-Pole 00V AC, 250V DC 500 MD3B MD3T MD3B MD3F MD3T MD3B MD3T MD3B MD3T Lugs Blue Label 500 MD2B MD2T MD2B MD2F MD2T MD2B MD2T MD2B MD2T800 Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range See Note: A, page % rated breakers with the CE mark will also be marked in the 100% rated version. HACR rated. Note: MD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B NAVAL. See page -72 for additional information. Ordering Information Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Pricing information for MD and HMD breakers includes frame, trip, and both line and load lugs (TA3K500). When ordered by these catalog numbers, the customer will receive the frame, trip and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed. Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs Prices of MXD, HMXD and CMD include frame with noninterchangeable trip units installed only. Order required lugs separately. For line and load lugs (TA3K500) installed, add suffix L to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lugs for each pole). 100% Rated f Types MXD, HMXD and CMD breakers are available with 100% ratings. To order add suffix H to catalog number, and 10% to list price. 100% rated MD breakers require the use of 90 C Cu cable and lugs 2TA4P8500 or 2TA2N8750 for 2- pole; 3TA4P8500 or 3TA2N8750 for 3-pole. 50 C Applications see page Hz Applications see page -72. Shipping Weights Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) MD, HMD, HMXD, CMD Complete Breaker Assembled (less lugs) MD, HMD Frame Only MD, HMD Trip Unit Only Enclosures Catalog List Type Number Price $ 1 MND R MND MND Neutral W Modifications page /73 Accessories pages /43 and /72 to /8 /39

40 Molded Case Circuit Breakers MD 800A Frame Sentron Series Type HMXD Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) Continuous Current 40 C 2-Pole 00V AC 3-Pole 00V AC 250V DC 500V DC Catalog Number Black Label 500 HMXD3B For 2-pole application use outside HMXD3B poles of 3-pole circuit breaker HMXD3B HMXD3B Selection / DIMENSIONS Type HMD Interchangeable Trip Black Label Complete Breaker Continuous Unassembled with Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only Current Rating Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number 2-Pole 00V AC, 250V DC 500 HMD2B MD2T HMD2B HMD2F MD2T HMD2B MD2T HMD2B MD2T Pole 00V AC, 500V DC 500 HMD3B MD3T HMD3B HMD3F MD3T HMD3B MD3T HMD3B MD3T Type CMD Fuseless Current Limiting Red Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) Continuous Current 40 C 2-Pole 00V AC/250V DC 3-Pole 00V AC/500V DC Catalog Number 500 CMD3B For 2-pole application use CMD3B outside poles of 3-pole CMD3B circuit breaker CMD3B Interrupting Ratings UL 489 AIR File E10848 IEC AIR RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) Volts AC (50/0HZ) Volts AC Volts DC 220/ / Breaker Type (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs MD, MXD (2-P) 25 (3-P) HMD, HMXD (2-P) 50 (3-P) CMD (2-P) 50 (3-P) Lug When wire lug shield NDTS is used. Note: NDTS lug shields are required when oversized lugs are used. The kits include the NDTS shield. Dimensions (in inches) (To Breaker Handle) Type W L D D1 MD, MXD, HMD, HMXD, CMD, MXD-ETI, CMD-ETI with lug shields For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. Built to order. Allow 3-4 weeks for delivery. HMXD circuit breakers are CSA Certified / UL listed for reverse connection applications. 2-pole units available in 3-pole width only. MXD-ETI, CMD-ETI see page -5 for catalog information. When wired as shown on page -3, this circuit breaker is CSA Certified / UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. HACR rated. /40

41 Molded Case Circuit Breakers SMD 800A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series Type SMD Blue Label Black Label Red Label 3-Pole, 00V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating SMD900A SMD9700A SMD9800A SMD900AG SMD9700AG SMD9800AG SMD900ANT SMD9700ANT SMD9800ANT SMD900ANGT SMD9700ANGT SMD9800ANGT Type SMD-H Type SHMD 3-Pole, 00V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating SHMD900A SHMD9700A SHMD9800A SHMD900AG SHMD9700AG SHMD9800AG SHMD900ANT SHMD9700ANT SHMD9800ANT SHMD900ANGT SHMD9700ANGT SHMD9800ANGT SMD 800A Frame 100% Rated Type SHMD-H 3-Pole, 00V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating SHMD900AH SHMD9700AH SHMD9800AH SHMD900AGH SHMD9700AGH SHMD9800AGH SHMD900ANTH SHMD9700ANTH SHMD9800ANTH SHMD900ANGTH SHMD9700ANGTH SHMD9800ANGTH Current Limiting Type SCMD 3-Pole, 00V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating SCMD900A SCMD9700A SCMD9800A SCMD900AG SCMD9700AG SCMD9800AG SCMD900ANT SCMD9700ANT SCMD9800ANT SCMD900ANGT SCMD9700ANGT SCMD9800ANGT Current Limiting Type SCMD-H Blue Label Black Label Red Label 3-Pole, 00V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating SMD900AH SMD9700AH SMD9800AH SMD900AGH SMD9700AGH SMD9800AGH SMD900ANTH SMD9700ANTH SMD9800ANTH SMD900ANGTH SMD9700ANGTH SMD9800ANGTH Trip Unit Adjustable Functions Interrupting Ratings 3-Pole, 00V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating SCMD900AH SCMD9700AH SCMD9800AH SCMD900AGH SCMD9700AGH SCMD9800AGH SCMD900ANTH SCMD9700ANTH SCMD9800ANTH SCMD900ANGTH SCMD9700ANGTH SCMD9800ANGTH Suffix Cont Long Instan- Short Short Ground Ground Letter Trip Current Time taneous Time Time Fault Fault Code Type Setting Delay Setting Pick Up Delay Pick Up Delay A LI AG LIG ANT LSI ANGT LSIG Breaker RMS Symmetrical ka UL 489 (File E10848) Type 240V AC 480V AC 00V AC SMD SND SHMD SHND SCMD SCND Ordering Information Type Catalog Number Selection SELECTION Pricing information for all Digital Sentron Series MD and ND frames is for complete breaker only. Price requires lugs or lug kits as separate items. Lugs are suitable for 75 C wire or as noted. Connector wire ranges and cavities are established in conjunction with Table 8.1 of UL 489 standards. Choose actual connector for circuit breakers based on customer requirements. Recommended Terminal Connectors Breaker Ampere Connector or Frame Rating Connector Kit MD TA2K500 MD TA3K500 ND 800 TA3K500 ND (kit) 3TA4N8500 Types SMD, SHMD, SND, SHND are acceptable for reverse connection applications. Shipping Weights Breaker Number per Shipping Type Carton Weight (lbs) All types Lugs for 75 C Wire Cables Catalog per Wire Number Lug Range TA2K500 2 #1-500 kcmil Cu/Al 4.00 TA3K500 3 #1-500 kcmil Cu/Al TC2K500 2 #1-500 kcmil Cu TC3K350 3 #1-350 kcmil Cu Kits (3 lugs/kit) 3TA4N kcmil Cu/Al TA4P kcmil Cu/Al TA2N kcmil Cu/Al TA3N kcmil Cu/Al Each kit contains the following: 3TA4P connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier 3TA3N connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier 3TA2N connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier Neutral Transformers Ampere Catalog Rating Number 000 N0SMDA N07SMDA N08SMDA N10SNDA N12SNDA Enclosures 1 MND R MND MND Neutral W Note: G suffix in catalog number denotes circuit breaker for 3 phase, 3 wire circuits. For 3 phase, 4 wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral) transformer as separate and additional item. Built to order. Allow 3-4 weeks for delivery. a Use lugs TA2N8750 or TA4P8500 only on 100% rated breakers. b For additional information, see Note: A, page -9. Accessories pages /43 and /72 to /8 /41

42 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories Accessories for: MD/SMD 800A Frame ND/SND 1200A Frame PD/SPD 100A Frame RD 2000A Frame Accessory modules can mount in either left hand or right hand poles of all circuit breakers, including solid state. Exception: when mechanical interlock is used accessories cannot be mounted in left pole. Sensitrip Ammeter The Ammeter Display Units plug into the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays the phrase current flowing in the SADU breaker. They are powered by the breaker s CT s with replaceable battery back-up for maintaining trip and max logs. The SADU reads currents, current imbalance, current demand, and trip status. Ammeter Mounting Kit The Ammeter may also be panel or door mounted using the SADURMK18 remote mounting kit. Shunt Trip Combinations 1 Shunt Trip and Control Voltage 1 Shunt Trip 1 Auxiliary Switch AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Maximum 1 Alarm Switch and 1 Alarm Switch and Voltage 1 Alarm Switch 1 Auxiliary Switch 2 Auxiliary Switches AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Selection 120 S01MN S01MN4A S02MN S02MN4A S03MN S03MN4A S15MN S15MN4A S04MN S04MN4A S0MN S1MN S1MN4A S07MN S07MN4A S09MN S11MN S11MN4A S13MN S13MN4A Undervoltage Trip Combinations Control 1 Undervoltage Trip and 1 Undervoltage Trip and Voltage 1 Undervoltage Trip 1 Auxiliary Switch 2 Auxiliary Switches AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 120 U01MN U01MN4A U01MN4AA U02MN U02MN4A U02MN4AA U03MN U03MN4A U03MN4AA U15MN U15MN4A U15MN4AA U04MN U04MN4A U04MN4AA U0MN U07MN U07MN4A U07MN4AA U09MN U09MN4A U09MN4AA U11MN U11MN4A U11MN4AA U13MN U13MN4A U13MN4AA Auxiliary Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage 1 Form C* 2 Form C AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number A01MN A02MN A01MNDLV * (Gold Plated Contacts) Alarm Switch Combinations B00MN A01MN4B A02MN4B Plug-in Ammeter Display Units Breaker Type Desc. Catalog Number SMD, SND, SPD Display Unit SADU Remote Mounting Kit SADURMK Built to order. Allow 7-9 weeks for delivery. /42

43 Molded Case Circuit Breakers ND 1200A Frame Sentron Series Selection Type NXD Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) Continuous 2-Pole 00V AC 250V DC 3-Pole 00V AC 500V DC Current Rating Catalog 40 C Number Number Type ND Interchangeable Trip Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) CSA / UL 489 A IR IEC Blue Label Blue Label Complete Breaker Continuous Unassembled with Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only Current Rating Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number 2-Pole 00V AC, 250V DC 0800 ND2B MD2T ND2B ND2F ND2T ND2B ND2T ND2B ND2T Pole 00V AC, 500V DC 0800 ND3B MD3T ND3B ND3F ND3T ND3B ND3T ND3B ND3T Breaker Volts AC Volts DC Volts AC (50/0HZ) Type c 220/ / (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) ND, NXD (2-P) 25 (3-P) HND, HNXD (2-P) 50 (3-P) CND (2-P) 50 (3-P) Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range 0900 NXD2B NXD3B NXD2B NXD3B NXD2B NXD3B Breaker Ampere Nominal Instantaneous Values Rating Low High Ordering Information Lugs Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Prices of ND and HND breakers include frame, trip, and both line and load lugs (3TA4N8500). These catalog numbers are the frame, trip and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different lugs, order individual items as needed. Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs Prices of NXD, HNXD, and CND include frame with noninterchangeable trip units installed only. Order required terminal connectors separately. For line and load lugs (3TA4N8500) installed, add suffix L to catalog number (add 2 times list price of lug kit). 100% Rated h Types NXD, HNXD and CND breakers are available with 100% ratings. To order, suffix H to catalog number, and add 10% to list price. 100% rated ND breakers require 90 C Cu cable and lug kit 3TA4P8500 or 3TA3N C Applications see page Hz Applications see page -72. Catalog Cables Wire Number per Lug Range TA2K500 2 #1-500 kcmil Cu/Al 4.00 TA3K500 3 #1-500 kcmil Cu/Al TC2K500 2 #1-500 kcmil Cu TC3K350 3 #1-350 kcmil Cu 135. Kits (2 Kits required per breaker) 2TA4P8500 3TA4P kcmil Cu/Al 2TA4N8500 3TA4N kcmil Cu/Al TA2N8750 3TA2N kcmil Cu/Al 2TA3N8750 3TA3N kcmil Cu/Al Enclosures Catalog Type Number 1 MND R MND MND Neutral W Built to order. Allow 3-4 weeks for delivery. NXD circuit breakers are UL listed for reverse connection applications. 2-pole units available in 3-pole width only. When wired as shown on page -3, this circuit breaker is CSA Certified / UL listed and rated for use on 500VDC ungrounded UPS systems only. Use connectors for 3-pole, use 4 connectors for 2-pole. Use 2 3TA4P8500 kits for 3-pole, or 2 2TA4P8500 kits for 2-pole. Rated for 90 C cable. Use for 100% rated breakers. Use 2 3TA4N8500 for 3-pole or 2 2TA4N8500 for 2-pole. Rated for 75 C cable. See Note: A, page % rated breakers with the CE mark will also be marked in the 100% rated version. HACR rated. Note: ND frame qualified to UL489 supplement B NAVAL. See page -72 for additional information. Modifications page /73 Accessories pages /47 and /73 to /8 /43

44 Molded Case Circuit Breakers ND 1200A Frame Sentron Series Type HNXD Black Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Without Lugs) 2-Pole 00V AC 3-Pole Continuous 250V DC Current 40 C Catalog Number 00V AC 500V DC 0900 HNXD3B For 2-pole application use outside 1000 HNXD3B poles of 3-pole circuit breaker 1200 HNXD3B selection / dimensions Type HND Interchangeable Trip Black Label Complete Breaker Continuous Unassembled with Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only Current Rating Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number 2-Pole 00V AC, 250V DC For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker 3-Pole 00V AC, 500V DC 0800 HND3B MD3T HND3B HND3F ND3T HND3B ND3T HND3B ND3T Type CND Fuseless Current Limiting Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker) Continuous Current 40 C 2-Pole Red Label 3-Pole Catalog Number 0900 For 2-pole application, CND3B use outside poles of CND3B pole circuit breaker CND3B Shipping Weights Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) ND, HND, NXD, HNXD, CND Assembled Breaker (less terminals) ND, HND Frame Only ND, HND Trip Unit Only When lugs shield NDTS is used. Note: NDTS lug shields are required when oversized lugs (kits on page 88) are used. The kits include the NDTS shield. Dimensions (in inches) Breaker Type W L D D1 ND, NXD, HND, HNXD, CND with NDTS lug shield Lugs For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. Built to order. Allow 3-4 weeks for delivery. HNXD circuit breakers are CSA Certified / UL Listed for reverse connection applications. /44 2-pole units available in 3-pole width only. When wired as shown on page -3, this circuit breaker is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. HACR rated.

45 Molded Case Circuit Breakers SND 1200A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series Type SND Blue Label Black Label Red Label 3-Pole, 00V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating SND9800A SND9100A SND9120A SND9800AG SND9100AG SND9120AG SND9800ANT SND9100ANT SND9120ANT SND9800ANGT SND9100ANGT SND9120ANGT Type SND-H 3-Pole, 00V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating SND9800AH SND9100AH SND9120AH SND9800AGH SND9100AGH SND9120AGH SND9800ANTH SND9100ANTH SND9120ANTH SND9800ANGTH SND9100ANGTH SND9120ANGTH Type SHND 3-Pole, 00V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating SHND9800A SHND9100A SHND9120A SHND9800AG SHND9100AG SHND9120AG SHND9800ANT SHND9100ANT SHND9120ANT SHND9800ANGT SHND9100ANGT SHND9120ANGT SND 1200A Frame 100% Rated Type SHNDH 3-Pole, 00V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating SHND9800AH SHND9100AH SHND9120AH SHND9800AGH SHND9100AGH SHND9120AGH SHND9800ANTH SHND9100ANTH SHND9120ANTH SHND9800ANGTH SHND9100ANGTH SHND9120ANGTH Current Limiting Type SCND 3-Pole, 00V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating SCND9800A SCND9100A SCND9120A SCND9800AG SCND9100AG SCND9120AG SCND9800ANT SCND9100ANT SCND9120ANT SCND9800ANGT SCND9100ANGT SCND9120ANGT Current Limiting Type SCND-H Blue Label Black Label Red Label Trip Unit Adjustable Functions 3-Pole, 00V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating SCND9800AH SCND9100AH SCND9120AH SCND9800AGH SCND9100AGH SCND9120AGH SCND9800ANTH SCND9100ANTH SCND9120ANTH SCND9800ANGTH SCND9100ANGTH SCND9120ANGTH Short Suffix Cont Long Instan- Short Short Time Ground Ground Letter Trip Current Time taneous Time Time l 2 t Fault Fault Code Type Setting Delay Setting Pick Up Delay Pick Up Pick Up Delay A LI AG LIG ANT LSI ANGT LSIG SELECTION SMD, SHMD, SCMD, SND, SHND, SCND When wire connector shield NDTS is used. Dimensions (in Inches) Breaker Type W H D D1 SMD, SHMD, SCMD SND, SHND, SCND With NDTS shields H H For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. For ordering information and terminal connectors, neutral transformers and enclosures, see page -42. Note: G suffix in catalog number denotes circuit breaker for 3 phase, 3 wire circuits. For 3 phase, 4 wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral) transformer as separate and additional item. Built to order. Allow 3-4 weeks for delivery. Use 2-3TA4P8500 for 3-pole. These kits are rated for 90 C wire. 90 C Cu only cable must be used, and sized per 75 C conductors. /45

46 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories Accessories for: MD/SMD 800A Frame ND/SND 1200A Frame PD/SPD 100A Frame RD 2000A Frame Accessory modules can mount in either left hand or right hand poles of all circuit breakers, including solid state. Exception: when mechanical interlock is used accessories cannot be mounted in left pole. Sensitrip Ammeter The Ammeter Display Units plug into the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays the phrase current flowing in the SADU breaker. They are powered by the breaker s CT s with replaceable battery back-up for maintaining trip and max logs. The SADU reads currents, current imbalance, current demand, and trip status. Ammeter Mounting Kit The Ammeter may also be panel or door mounted using the SADURMK18 remote mounting kit. Shunt Trip Combinations Selection / Dimensions 1 Shunt Trip and Control Voltage 1 Shunt Trip 1 Auxiliary Switch AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number 120 S01MN S01MN4A S02MN S02MN4A S03MN S03MN4A S15MN S15MN4A S04MN S04MN4A S0MN S1MN S1MN4A S07MN S07MN4A S09MN S11MN S11MN4A S13MN S13MN4A Undervoltage Trip Combinations Control 1 Undervoltage Trip and 1 Undervoltage Trip and Voltage 1 Undervoltage Trip 1 Auxiliary Switch 2 Auxiliary Switches AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 120 U01MN U01MN4A U01MN4AA U02MN U02MN4A U02MN4AA U03MN U03MN4A U03MN4AA U15MN U15MN4A U15MN4AA U04MN U04MN4A U04MN4AA U0MN U07MN U07MN4A U07MN4AA U09MN U09MN4A U09MN4AA U11MN U11MN4A U11MN4AA U13MN U13MN4A U13MN4AA Auxiliary Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage 1 Form C* 2 Form C AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number A01MN A02MN A01MNDLV * (Gold Plated Contacts) Alarm Switch Combinations Maximum 1 Alarm Switch and 1 Alarm Switch and Voltage 1 Alarm Switch 1 Auxiliary Switch 2 Auxiliary Switches AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number B00MN A01MN4B A02MN4B Plug-in Ammeter Display Units Breaker Type Desc. Catalog Number SMD, SND, SPD Display Unit SADU Remote Mounting Kit SADURMK Built to order. Allow 7-9 weeks for delivery. /4

47 Molded Case Circuit Breakers PD 100A Frame Sentron Series Selection Type PXD Non-Interchangeable Trip 3-Pole 00V AC, V DC 3-Pole 00V AC, V DC Blue Label Continuous Complete Breaker Assembled Mounting Current Rating (Frame/Trip Unit Only) Assembly Lugs ( required) 40 C Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 1200 PXD3B MB PXD3B or- TA5P PXD3B MBR9302 Type PD Interchangeable Trip 3-Pole 00V AC, V DC Blue Label Complete Breaker Mounting Continuous Unassembled Frame Only Trip Unit Only Assembly Lugs ( required) Current Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Rating 40 C Number Number Number Number Number 1200 PD3B PD3T120 0 MB PD3B PD3F PD3T or- TA5P PD3B PD3T MBR9302 Type HPXD Non-Interchangeable Trip Continuous Current Complete BreakerAssembled (Frame/Trip Unit Only) Rating 40 C Catalog Number 1200 HPXD3B HPXD3B HPXD3B Type HPD Interchangeable Trip 3-Pole 00V AC, V DC Complete Breaker Mounting Continuous Unassembled Frame Only Trip Unit Only Assembly Lugs ( required) Current Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Rating 40 C Number Number Number Number Number 1200 HPD3B PD3T MB HPD3B HPD3F10 PD3T140 -or- TA5P HPD3B PD3T MBR9302 Type CPD Non-Interchangeable Trip Fuseless Current Limiting 3-Pole 00V AC, V DC Mounting Bases for PD & RD Blue Label Black Label Continuous Current Complete BreakerAssembled (Frame/Trip Unit Only) Rating 40 C Catalog Number 1200 CPD3B CPD3B CPD3B Ordering Instructions Red Label Complete Breaker Unassembled with Lugs Prices of PD, HPD, RD, and HRD type breakers include frame, trip, mounting base (MB9301), and both line and load lugs (PD Frame TA5P00, RD Frame TC5R00). When ordered by these catalog numbers, the customer will receive the frame, trip, mounting assembly and lugs separately packaged. For applications requiring different mounting base or lugs, order individual items as needed. Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs Prices of PXD, HPXD, RXD, HRXD and CPD type breakers include frame with non-interchangeable trip unit installed only. Order required mounting base and lugs separately. 100% Rated Types PXD, HPXD breakers are available with 100% ratings. To order add suffix H to catalog number, and 10% to list price. RD 2000A Frames not available with 100% ratings. 50 C Applications see page HZ Applications see page -72. Lugs No of Cables Catalog per Number Connector Wire Range TA5P Pcs kcmil Cu/Al TC5R Pcs kcmil Cu only TC4P Pcs kcmil Cu/Al TAR00 1- Pcs kcmil Cu/Al MB9301 MB9301 MB9301 MBR9302 MBR9302 Built to order. Allow 3-4 weeks for delivery. Built to order. Allow 7-9 weeks for delivery. Use two outside poles of a 3-pole circuit breaker for 250V When wired as shown on page -2, this circuit breaker is CSA Certified / UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. PXD, HPXD type circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed applications. For additional information See Note: A, page -9. HACR rated. Note: PD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B NAVAL. See page -72 for additional information. /47

48 Molded Case Circuit Breakers SPD 100A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series SELECTION / DIMENSIONS Ordering Information Pricing information for all Digital Sentron Series PD frame unit is for breaker only. Price required mounting block assembly and necessary terminal connectors as separate items. SPD and SHPD are acceptable for reverse connection applications. Type SPD Blue Label 3-Pole, 00V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating SPD SPD SPD9140G SPD910G SPD9140NT SPD910NT SPD9140NGT SPD910NGT Type SHPD Black Label 3-Pole, 00V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating SHPD SHPD SHPD9140G SHPD910G SHPD9140NT SHPD910NT SHPD9140NGT SHPD910NGT Short Suffix Cont Long Instan- Short Short Time Ground Ground Letter Trip Current Time taneous Time Time l 2 t Fault Fault Code Type Setting Delay Setting Pick Up Delay Pick Up Pick Up Delay None LI G LIG NT LSI NGT LSIG Interrupting Ratings All PD, RD Frames: RMS Symmetrical ka CSA / UL 489 Breaker Type 240V AC 480V AC 00V AC SPD SHPD Lugs No. of Catalog Cables per Wire Number Connector Range TA5P pcs kcmil Cu/Al TC5R pcs kcmil Cu Only TAR pcs kcmil Cu/Al Neutral Transformers Ampere Catalog Rating Number 1400 N14SPD N1SPD Enclosure Catalog Type Number 1 PRDN Mounting Block (Required) 2.00 Catalog Number MB MBR MB9301 (shown) MBR9302 MBR9301 MB9301 MBR9302 MBR9302 For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. Built to order. Allow 3-4 weeks for delivery. For additional information, see Note: A, page -9. Note: The PD frame circuit breaker requires the use of a connect-all mounting assembly to allow for placing into service. Note: G suffix in catalog number denotes circuit breaker for 3 phase, 3 wire circuits. For 3 phase, 4 wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral) transformer as separate and additional item. /48

49 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories Accessories for: MD/SMD 800A Frame ND/SND 1200A Frame PD/SPD 100A Frame RD 2000A Frame Accessory modules can mount in either left hand or right hand poles of all circuit breakers, including solid state. Exception: when mechanical interlock is used accessories cannot be mounted in left pole. Sensitrip Ammeter The Ammeter Display Units plug into the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays the phrase current flowing in the SADU breaker. They are powered by the breaker s CT s with replaceable battery back-up for maintaining trip and max logs. The SADU reads currents, current imbalance, current demand, and trip status. Ammeter Mounting Kit The Ammeter may also be panel or door mounted using the SADURMK18 remote mounting kit. Shunt Trip Combinations 1 Shunt Trip and Control Voltage 1 Shunt Trip 1 Auxiliary Switch Undervoltage Trip Combinations Breaker Type Desc. Catalog Number SMD, SND, SPD Selection / Dimensions AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number 120 S01MN S01MN4A S02MN S02MN4A S03MN S03MN4A S15MN S15MN4A S04MN S04MN4A S0MN S1MN S1MN4A S07MN S07MN4A S09MN S11MN S11MN4A S13MN S13MN4A Control 1 Undervoltage Trip and 1 Undervoltage Trip and Voltage 1 Undervoltage Trip 1 Auxiliary Switch 2 Auxiliary Switches AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 120 U01MN U01MN4A U01MN4AA U02MN U02MN4A U02MN4AA U03MN U03MN4A U03MN4AA U15MN U15MN4A U15MN4AA U04MN U04MN4A U04MN4AA U0MN U07MN U07MN4A U07MN4AA U09MN U09MN4A U09MN4AA U11MN U11MN4A U11MN4AA U13MN U13MN4A U13MN4AA Auxiliary Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage 1 Form C* 2 Form C AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number A01MN A02MN A01MNDLV * (Gold Plated Contacts) Alarm Switch Combinations Maximum 1 Alarm Switch and 1 Alarm Switch and Voltage 1 Alarm Switch 1 Auxiliary Switch 2 Auxiliary Switches AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number B00MN A01MN4B A02MN4B Plug-in Ammeter Display Units Display Unit SADU Remote Mounting Kit SADURMK Built to order. Allow 7-9 weeks for delivery. /49

50 Molded Case Circuit Breakers RD 2000A Frame Sentron Series Type RXD Type HRD Blue Label Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Only Without Lugs) 3-Pole 00V AC, V DC Complete Breaker Assembled Mounting Continuous (Frame/Trip Unit Only) Assembly Lugs ( required) Current Catalog Catalog Catalog Rating 40 C Number Number Number 100 RXD3B MB RXD3B or- TC5R RXD3B MBR Type RD Interchangeable Trip (Unassembled Circuit Breaker with Lugs) 3-Pole 00V AC, V DC Blue Label Complete Breaker Unassembled Mounting Continuous with Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only Assembly Lugs ( required) Current Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Rating 40 C Number Number Number Number Number 100 RD3B RD3T MB RD3B RD3F RD3T or- TC5R RD3B RD3T MBR Type HRXD Continuous Complete Breaker Assembled Current Rating (Frame/Trip Unit Only) 40 C Catalog Number Black Label 100 HRXD3B HRXD3B HRXD3B Black Label Complete Breaker Unassembled Mounting Continuous with Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only Assembly Lugs ( required) Current Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Rating 40 C Number Number Number Number Number 100 HRD3B RD3T MB HRD3B HRD3F RD3T or- TC5R HRD3B RD3T MBR Interrupting Ratings CSA / UL 489 A IR IEC RMS Symmetrical KA Volts AC (50/0HZ) Breaker Volts AC Volts DC a 220/ / Type (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) PD, PXD, RD, RXD (2P) 25 (3P) HPD, HPXD HRD, HRXD (2P) 50 (3P) CPD (2P) 50 (3P) Mounting Block Catalog Number MB9301 MBR9302 Connection Points Front Rear Shipping Weights Selection Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight (lbs.) PXD, HPXD, RXD, HRXD, CPD Assembled Breakers PD, HPD, RD, HRD Frame Only PD, RD Trip Unit Only Mounting Assembly MB MBR Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range (PD / RD Frames) Nominal Instantaneous Values +25% +20% Breaker Ampere Tolerance Tolerance Rating Low High ,000 Built to order. Allow 3-4 weeks for delivery. Use two outside poles of a 3-pole circuit breaker for 250V DC applications. When wired as shown on page -3, this circuit breaker is CSA Certified / UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS systems only. /50 RXD and HRXD type circuit breakers are CSA Certified / UL Listed for reverse feed applications. HACR rated. Note: RD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B NAVAL. See page for additional information.

51 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories Accessories for: MD/SMD 800A Frame ND/SND 1200A Frame PD/SPD 100A Frame RD 2000A Frame Accessory modules can mount in either left hand or right hand poles of all circuit breakers, including solid state. Exception: when mechanical interlock is used accessories cannot be mounted in left pole. Sensitrip Ammeter The Ammeter Display Units plug into the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays the phrase current flowing in the SADU breaker. They are powered by the breaker s CT s with replaceable battery back-up for maintaining trip and max logs. The SADU reads currents, current imbalance, current demand, and trip status. Ammeter Mounting Kit The Ammeter may also be panel or door mounted using the SADURMK18 remote mounting kit. Shunt Trip Combinations 1 Shunt Trip and Control Voltage 1 Shunt Trip 1 Auxiliary Switch AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number 120 S01MN S01MN4A S02MN S02MN4A S03MN S03MN4A S15MN S15MN4A S04MN S04MN4A S0MN 012 S1MN S1MN4A S07MN S07MN4A S09MN S11MN S11MN4A S13MN S13MN4A Undervoltage Trip Combinations Selection / DIMENSIONS Control 1 Undervoltage Trip and 1 Undervoltage Trip and Voltage 1 Undervoltage Trip 1 Auxiliary Switch 2 Auxiliary Switches AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 120 U01MN U01MN4A U01MN4AA U02MN U02MN4A U02MN4AA U03MN U03MN4A U03MN4AA U15MN U15MN4A U15MN4AA U04MN U04MN4A U04MN4AA U0MN U07MN U07MN4A U07MN4AA U09MN U09MN4A U09MN4AA U11MN U11MN4A U11MN4AA U13MN U13MN4A U13MN4AA Auxiliary Switch Combinations Maximum Voltage 1 Form C* 2 Form C AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number A01MN A02MN A01MNDLV * (Gold Plated Contacts) Alarm Switch Combinations Maximum 1 Alarm Switch and 1 Alarm Switch and Voltage 1 Alarm Switch 1 Auxiliary Switch 2 Auxiliary Switches AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number B00MN A01MN4B A02MN4B Plug-in Ammeter Display Units Breaker Type Desc. Catalog Number SMD, SND, SPD Display Unit SADU Remote Mounting Kit SADURMK Built to order. Allow 7-9 weeks for delivery. /51

52 Molded Case Circuit Breakers STD 3200A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series Type STD Type SHTD Type SHHTD Blue Label Black Label Red Label 3-Pole, 00V AC, 80% Rated Max Catalog Current Number Rating STD3F STD3F STD3F Pole, 00V AC, 80% Rated Max Catalog Current Number Rating SHTD3F SHTD3F SHTD3F Pole, 00V AC, 80% Rated Max Catalog Current Number Rating SHHTD3F SHHTD3F SHHTD3F Selection Ordering Information STD Breakers are ordered by component - Frame, Trip Unit Rating Plug & Accessories. Contact Sales Office for instructions. 3-Pole, 00V AC, 100% Rated Max Catalog Current Number Rating STD3F2000H 2000 STD3F2500H 2500 STD3F3200H 3200 Trip Unit Function Fits Breaker Frame with Continuous Rating 2000 Amp 2500 Amp 3200 Amp Catalog Numbers 3-Pole, 00V AC, 100% Rated Max Catalog Current Number Rating SHTD3F2000H SHTD3F2500H 2500 SHTD3F3200H Pole, 00V AC, 100% Rated Max Catalog Current Number Rating SHHTD3F2000H 2000 SHHTD3F2500H 2500 SHHTD3F3200H 3200 MLI STD20TMLI STD25TMLI STD32TMLI LS STD20TLS STD25TLS STD32TLS LI STD20TLI STD25TLI STD32TLI LSI STD20TLSI STD25TLSI STD32TLSI LSG STD20TLSG STD25TLSG STD32TLSG LIG STD20TLIG STD25TLIG STD32TLIG LSIG STD20TLSIG STD25TLSIG STD32TLSIG Rating Plug Long Time Amperes Interrupting Ratings Fits Breaker Frame with Continuous Rating 2000 Amp 2500 Amp 3200 Amp Catalog Numbers STD STD STD100 25STD100 32STD STD STD STD STD STD STD STD3200 Dimensions (in Inches) Terminal Connectors Catalog Number Breaker RMS Symmetrical ka UL 489 (File E 10848) IEC (I cu =I cs, I cw =50kA) Type 240V AC 480V AC 00V AC 415VAC 90VAC STD SHTD kA 5kA SHHTD H W Breaker Type H H1 W D STD SHTD SHHTD STD32TCON Cable Lugs (2000A Only) No of Cables Catalog per Con- Wire Number nector Range TAR00STD (1 pcs.) kcmil Cu/Al T. Connector (For Bus Connector) Catalog Number STD32TCON Neutral Transformers H1 Ampere Catalog Rating Number 2000 N20STD N25STD N32STD D Accessories pages /54 and /75 to /80 Built to order. Allow 3-4 weeks for delivery. a Dimensions for reference, not for construction. b Dimensions for reference, not for construction. c Dimensions for reference, not for construction. /52

53 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories Accessories for: STD 3200A Frame STD Breakers are built to order. It is recommended that accessories be ordered installed in the breaker. They may also be field added. Ammeter Dispay Module The STDDM plugs into the trip unit of the STD 3200 Amp breaker. It provides readout of currents as well as load current alarm (in conjunction with the display module relay). Ground Fault Monitor The Ground Fault Monitor for the STD 3200 Amp breaker family plugs into the Trip Unit and reads the ground current. This is either the residual current calculated from the measured three phases and neutral (if present) or the directly measured ground return current in the ground lead of the supply transformer, depending on the configuration of the the trip unit. In addition to displaying the ground current, the display module provides an alarm on ground overcurrent, settable at three pickup levels with three delays (in conjunction with the display module relay). Shunt Trip / Undervoltage Release Control Voltage Shunt Trip Under Voltage Release AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number 120 STDST120 STDUV STDST240 STDUV STDST480 STDUV STDST00 STDUV STDST12 STDUV STDST24 STDUV STDST48 STDUV STDST125 STDUV Auxiliary Switches Control Voltage Quantity Contacts AC DC NO NC Catalog Number Electronic Bell Alarm / Display Relay Control Voltage Bell Alarm Display Module Relay Auxiliary Power Module AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number 120 STDBA120 STDDMR STDBA24 STDDMR STDBA48 STDDMR STDBA125 STDDMR Selection 1 1 STDAS STDAS STDAS STDAS STDAS STDAS Alarm Switch Control Voltage Catalog AC DC Number STDAS 8.00 Ammeter-Display Module Catalog Number STDDM Display Module Relay Provides switch contact output for overload or ground fault alarm. Voltage 120V AC 24V DC 48V DC 125V DC Cat No STDDMR120 STDDMR24 STDDMR48 STDDMR125 Power Source Catalog Number 120V AC STDAPM Ground Fault Monitor Catalog Number STDGFM Remote Indicator Panels Provides remote cause of trip indication. Catalog Number STDRIP Mounting Bracket for Terminal Block For mounting Control Terminal Blocks to breakers. One per each side as required. Catalog Number STDTBM Secondary Terminal Blocks The appropriate number and location of terminal blocks should be selected from the table below based on the features and accessories ordered on each circuit breaker. Control Terminal Blocks also require separate mounting brackets for the left and right sides. Built to order. Allow 7-9 weeks for delivery. The STD trip unit has built in trip status indication. Use the STDRIP120 when display of the cause of trip Accessory Zone Auxiliary Switches Contact Under- Remote Interlock Bell Alarm 1A and 1B 4A and 4B Block Catalog Shunt voltage Neutral Indication and or Display 2A and 2B 5A and 5B Position Number Trip Release Sensor Panel ACCESS Module Relay 3A and 3B A and B LEFT TOP STDTBLT LEFT BOTTOM STDTBLB RIGHT TOP STDTBRT RIGHT BOTTOM STDTBRB is required at location remote from the trip unit in addition to the intrinsic trip unit capability. /53

54 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Magnetic Trip Only ETI Motor Circuit Selection Instantaneous Trip Range Complete Circuit Breaker Without Lugs Catalog Catalog Breaker Ampere Number Number Type Rating Minimum Maximum 2-Pole 3-Pole ED3A ED3A ED3A ED3A ED3A ED-A ED3A V AC ED3A V DC ED3A ED3A ED3A ED3A SHIPPING: 3.8 lbs. each CED3A CED3A CED3A CED3A CED-A CED3A CED3A V AC CED3A V DC CED3A CED3A CED3A CED3A SHIPPING: lbs. each FXD3L FXD FXD3A V AC FXD3H V DC FXD3A SHIPPING: 0 9 lbs. each CFD3L CFD CFD3A CFD3H V AC CFD3A V DC SHIPPING: 12 lbs. each 12 lbs. each JXD(A) JXD3L V AC JXD2H400 JXD3H V DC SHIPPING: 1 lbs. each 20 lbs. each CJD CJD2L400 CJD3L V AC CJD2H400 CJD3H V DC SHIPPING: 29.5 lbs. each 31.5 lbs. each LXD(A) LXD2L00 LXD3L V AC LXD3H V DC SHIPPING: 1 lbs. each 20 lbs. each CLD CLD2L00 CLD3L V AC CLD2H00 CLD3H V DC SHIPPING: 31.5 lbs. each LMXD LMXD3L V AC LMXD3A V DC SHIPPING: 35 lbs. each MXD MXD3L MXD3A V AC MXD3H V DC SHIPPING: 33 lbs. each CMD CMD3L CMD3A V AC CMD3H V DC SHIPPING: 80 lbs. each Important Information ETI interrupting ratings are determined through combination tests with properly sized overload relays and contactors. Connectors included when ordering by circuit breaker catalog number for ED and CED ETI s. Order ETI circuit breaker and lugs (2 per pole) separately for the FXD, CFD, MXD, CMD, JXD, CJD, LXD and CLD ETI s. Lug Information pages /9 to /71 Accessories pages /73 to /8 Application data pages /55 to /59 Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. 2-pole available in 3-pole width only. /54 When applied on DC Circuits Trip levels will increase approximately + 15 to 20%. Tolerance -20/+30% For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker.

55 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Motor Circuits General Protection of Motor Circuits Molded case circuit breakers are used in motor circuits as a disconnecting means and for short-circuit protection. They should be used in conjunction with motorrunning, over-current-protection devices, and should permit the motor to start without nuisance tripping from motorinrush current. The circuit breaker should have a continuous-current rating of not less than 115% of the motor full-load current. The recommended motor circuit protectors (Siemens ETI instantaneous only circuit breakers) listed have application continuous-current ratings of at least 115% of motor full-load currents. The trip-setting positions are approximately 11 times motor full-load currents. The suggested trip settings may have to be adjusted upward to no higher than 1300% of full-load current for non-design E type motors, and no greater than 1700% of full load current for design B & E energy efficient motors, to allow for motor startup due to inrush currents. Breaker Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter Siemens ETI motor circuit protectors are recommended for use in combination motor starters to provide selective shortcircuit protection for the motor branch circuit. The adjustable instantaneous-trip feature of the Siemens ETI motor circuit protector provides for a trip setting slightly above the peak motor-inrush current. With this setting, no delay is introduced in opening the circuit when a fault occurs. This circuit breaker has no time-delay trip element. Therefore it must be used in conjunction with, and immediately ahead of, the motor-running overcurrent protective device. Important: The information below does not apply to all motor applications: it is recommended that the user refer to the National Electrical Code (NEC) for specific needs. Table 1 (When Breaker is Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter) 3 Phase Induction Type Motors (Siemens ETI motor circuit protectors for branch circuit use with alternating-current combination, full voltage motor starters). Motor ETI Trip Setting Full Load Catalog Adjust- Amperes Number ment Amperes Low ED3A CED3A High Low ed3a ced3a High Low ed3a ced3a High Low ed3a ced3a High Low ed3a ced3a High Low ed3a ced3a High Low ed3a ced3a High Low ed3a ced3a High Low ed3a ced3a High Low ed3a ced3a High 1000 ETI Trip Setting Motor Full Catalog Adjust- Load Amperes Number ment Amperes Low ed3a ced3a High Low fxd3l cfd3l High Low fxd3a cfd3a High Low fxd3a cfd3a High Low jxd3l cjd3l High Low jxd3h cjd3h High Low lxd3l cld3l High 4000 ETI Trip Setting Motor Full Catalog Adjust- Load Amperes Number ment Amperes Low lxd3h cld3h High Low lmxd3l High Low lmxd3a High Low mxd3l cmd3l High Low mxd3a cmd3a High Low mxd3h cmd3h /55

56 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Motor Circuits Breaker Mounted at a Distance From Motor Starter ET thermal-magnetic circuit breakers conform to the National Electrical Code (2002) table requirements for motor branch and feeder circuit protection when properly applied in conjunction with motor-running overcurrent protective devices. The recommended circuit-breaker ratings in Table 2 provide adequate time delay for starting the majority of three-phase induction motors. To determine the ampere ratings of the ET breaker to protect a motor feeder, add the rating of the ET breaker used to protect the largest motor branch circuit in the group to the full-load currents of the remaining motors in the group. APPLICATION Interrupt Ratings For normal commercial purposes, available fault current can conveniently be obtained in the Interrupting Selector Tables. Table 2 (When Breaker is Mounted at a Distance From Motor Starter) 3 Phase Induction Type Motors (EQ and ET circuit breakers (thermal-magnetic trip) for branch breaker use with alternating-current combination motor starters). 200 and 208V Motors 230V Motors 40V Motors 575V Motors Motor 240V Circuit Breaker Data Horse- 240V Circuit Breaker Data 480V Circuit Breaker Data 00V Circuit Breaker Data power Breaker Catalog Ampere Breaker Catalog Ampere Breaker Catalog Ampere Breaker Catalog Ampere Rating Type Number Rating Type Number Rating Type Number Rating Type Number Rating BQ3B BQ3B ED43B ED3B BQ3B BQ3B ED43B ED3B BQ BQ3B BQ BQ3B ED43B ED3B ED4 ED BQ3B BQ3B ED43B ED3B BQ3B BQ3B ED43B ED3B BQ3B BQ3B ED43B ED3B BQ3B BQ3B ED43B ED3B BQ3B00 00 BQ3B ED43B ED3B BQ BQ3B BQ BQ3B ED4 ED43B ED ED3B BQ3B BQ3B ED43B ED3B BQ3B ED43B ED3B FXD3B FXD3B FXD3B FXD3B FXD3B FXD3B FXD3B FXD FXD3B FXD FXD3B FXD FXD3B FXD FXD3B FXD3B FXD3B FXD3B FXD3B FDX3B FXD3B JXD2 JXD23B FXD, FD FXD3B FXD FXD3B JXD2 JXD23B JXD2 JXD23B FXD, FD FXD3B FXD, FD FXD3B JXD2 JXD23B JXD2 JXD23B FD FD3B JD JD3B FXD, FD FD3B LD or LD3B00 00 LD or LD3B500 or 500 JD JD3B FXD, FD FXD3B LMD LMD3B00 LMD LMD3B500 OR JD JD3B LD or LD3B00 or 00 LMD LD3B00 or 00 JD JD3B FXD or FXD3B LMD LMD3B00 LMD3B00 JD JD3B LMD LMD3B LMD LMD3B JD JD3B JD JD3B JD JD3B JD JD3B LD or LD3B00 or LMD LMD3B00 00 JD JD3B LMD LMD3B LD or LMD LD3B500 or LMD3B LMD LMD3B LD or LD3B00 or LMD LMD3B LMD LMD3B The selection of breakers for this table is in accordance with Article 430, 2002 National Electric Code. The Canadian electrical code should also be referred to for rating information. Recommended circuit breakers are for full voltage starting, special consideration is necessary for /5 reduced voltage starting. For panelboard applications, substitute the BL breaker for the BQ, ED2 circuit breakers may also be used. For non-interchangeable trip applications, substitute the FXD for the FD, the JXD for the JD, or the LXD for the LD.

57 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Adjustable Instantaneous Magnetic Trip Settings Application Maximum Nominal ETI Motor Circuit Protector Thermal Magnetic Breaker Continuous AC Adjustable Trip Range Catalog Number Catalog Number Type Amperes Low High 3-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole ED3A ED3A ED3A ED3A ED3A010 ED ED3A ED3A ED3A ED3A ED3A ED3A CED3A CED3A CED3A CED3A CED3A010 CED CED3A CED3A CED3A CED3A CED3A CED3A FXD2B070 FXD3B FXD2B080 FXD3B FXD2B090 FXD3B FXD2B100 FXD3B FXD2B110 FXD3B FXD2B125 FXD3B125 FXD-A FXD3L FXD3A150 FXD2B150 FXD3B FXD3H FXD2B175 FXD3B FXD2B200 FXD3B FXD2B225 FXD3B FXD3A250 FXD2B250 FXD3B FD2B070 FD3B FD2B080 FD3B FD2B090 FD3B FD2B100 FD3B FD2B110 FD3B110 FD-A FD2B125 FD3B FD2B150 FD3B FD2B175 FD3B FD2B200 FD3B FD2B225 FD3B FD2B250 FD3B HFD2B070 HFD3B HFD2B080 HFD3B HFD2B090 HFD3B HFD2B100 HFD3B HFD2B110 HFD3B110 HFD HFD2B125 HFD3B HFD2B150 HFD3B HFD2B175 HFD3B HFD2B200 HFD3B HFD2B225 HFD3B HFD2B250 HFD3B HHFD3B HHFD3B HHFD3B HHFD3B HHFD3B110 HHFD HHFD3B HHFD3B HHFD3B HHFD3B HHFD3B HHFD3B CFD2B070 CFD3B CFD2B080 CFD3B CFD2B090 CFD3B CFD2B100 CFD3B CFD2B110 CFD3B CFD2B125 CFD3B125 CFD CFD3L CFD3A150 CFD2B150 CFD3B CFD3H CFD2B175 CFD3B CFD2B200 CFD3B CFD2B225 CFD3B CFD3A250 CFD2B250 CFD3B250 Note: Tolerances for instantaneous trip points meet UL 489 (15.3). Nominal AC instantaneous trip points are given in the tables. For DC instantaneous trip points, add 15% to nominal values. Instantaneous trip adjustment is made through the breaker cover on all frame breakers. To change instantaneous trip point on circuit breaker, depress indicating knob, then rotate to desired position. /57

58 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Adjustable Instantaneous Magnetic Trip Settings Application Maximum Nominal ETI Motor Circuit Protector Thermal Magnetic Breaker Continuous AC Adjustable Trip Range Catalog Number Catalog Number Type Amperes Low High 3-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole JXD22B200 JXD23B JXD22B225 JXD23B225 JXD2(A) JXD22B250 JXD23B JXD22B300 JXD23B JXD22B350 JXD23B JXD22B400 JXD23B JXD2B200 JXD3B JXD2B225 JXD3B225 JXD(A) JXD2B250 JXD3B JXD2B300 JXD2B JXD2B350 JXD23B JXD2B400 JXD23B JD2B200 JD3B JD2B225 JD3B JD2B250 JD3B250 JD(A) JD2B300 JD3B JD2B350 JD3B JXD3L JXD3H400 JD2B400 JD3B HJD2B200 HJD3B HJD2B225 HJD3B225 HJD(A) HJD2B250 HJD3H hjd2b300 hjd3b hjd2b350 hjd3b hjd2h400 hjd3b hhjd2b200 hhjd3b hhjd2b225 hhjd3b225 HHJD hhjd2b250 hhjd3b hhjd2b300 hhjd3b hhjd2b350 hhjd3b hhjd2b400 hhjd3b cjd3b cjd3b cjd3b250 cjd cjd3b cjd3b cjd3h400 chd3b cjd3l lxd2b450 lxd3b450 lxd(a) lxd2b500 lxd3b lxd2b00 lxd3b ld2b250 ld3b ld2b300 ld3b ld2b350 ld3b350 LD(A) ld2b400 ld3b ld2b450 ld3b ld2b500 ld3b lxd3l lxd3h00 ld2b00 ld3b hld2b250 hld3b hld2b300 hld3b hld2b350 hld3b350 hld(a) hld2b400 hld3b hld2b450 hld3b hld2b500 hld3b hld2b00 hld3b hhld2b250 hhld3b hhld2b300 hhld3b hhld2b350 hhld3b350 hhld hhld2b400 hhld3b hhld2b450 hhld3b hhld2b500 hhld3b hhld2b00 hhld3b cld3b cld3b cld3b359 CLD CLD3b cld3b cld3b cld3l cld3h00 cld3b lmxd3b lmxd2b00 lmxd3b00 lmxd lmxd2b700 lmxd3b lmxd3l lmxd3a800 lmxd2b800 lmxd3b800 lmd lmd2b500 lmd3b lmd2b00 lmd3b lmd2b700 lmd3b lmd2b800 lmd3b800 /58

59 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Adjustable Instantaneous Magnetic Trip Settings Application Maximum Nominal ETI Motor Circuit Protector Thermal Magnetic Breaker Continuous AC Adjustable Trip Range Catalog Number Catalog Number Type Amperes Low High 3-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole HLMXD3B500 HLMXD HLMXD3B HLMXD3B HLMXD3B HLMD2B500 HLMD3B500 HLMD HLMD2B00 HLMD3B HLMD2B700 HLMD3B HLMD2B800 HLMD3B MD2B500 MD3B MD2B00 MD3B00 MD MD2B700 MD3B MXD3L MXD3A800 MD2B800 MD3B MXD3H MXD2B500 MXD3B MXD2B00 MXD3B00 MXD MXD2B700 MXD3B MXD3L MXD3A800 MXD2B800 MXD3B MXD3H HMD2B500 HMD3B500 HMD HMD2B500 HMD3B HMD2B700 HMD3B HMD2B800 HMD3B HMXD3B500 HMXD HMXD3B HMXD3B HMXD3B CMD3B CMD3B CMD3B00 CMD CMD3B CMD3L CMD3A800 CMD3B CMD3H ND2B800 ND3B800 ND ND2B900 ND3B ND2B100 ND3B ND2B120 ND3B NXD2B900 NXD3B900 NXD NXD2B100 NXD3B NXD2B120 NXD3B HND2B800 HND3B800 HND HND2B900 HND3B HND2B100 HND3B HND2B120 HND3B HNXD3B900 HNXD HNXD3B HNXD3B CND3B800 CND CND3B CND3B CND3B PD3B120 PD PD3B PD3B PXD3B120 PXD PXD3B PXD3B HPD3B120 HPD HPD3B HPD3B HPXD3B120 HPXD HPXD3B HPXD3B CPD3B120 CPD CPD3B CPD3B10 RD RD3B RD3B200 RXD RXD3B RXD3B200 HRD HRD3B HRD3B200 /59 /59

60 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Molded Case Switch Circuit Disconnect selection Maximum 2-Pole 3-Pole Self-Protective Frame Catalog Catalog Instantaneous Rating Number Number Override±20% 1100A BQ2S BQ3S A BQ2S BQ3S A 1125A ED22S100A ED23S100A A ED42S100A ED43S100A A ED42S125A ED43S125A A ED2S100A ED3S100A A ED3S125A A CED2S100A CED3S100A A CED2S125A CED3S125A A 1225A QJ22S225A QJ23S225A A 1250 FXD2S250A FXD3S250A A HFXD2S250A HFXD3S250A A CFD3S250A A 1400 JXD22S400A JXD23S400A A JXD3S400A A HJXD3S400A A CJD3S400A A 100 LXD3S00A A HLXD3S00A A CLD3S00A A 1800 LMXD3S800A A MXD3S800A A CMD3S800A A 1200 NXD3S120A A CND3S120A A Non Automatic Molded Case Switch PXD3S10A A RXD3S200A A TD3S TD3S TD3S See SB Type Insulated Case Breakers Ordering Information Order by catalog number. Switches include frame and self protective (except TD) trip unit only. Order lugs separately from pages -70 to -72. Built to order. Allow 3-4 weeks for delivery. For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker. For additional lugs see pages -70 to -72. /0 Molded case switches up to R frame contain a self protecting instantaneous element, which may open circuit above their override set point. Lugs pages /70 to /71 Accessories pages /74 to /8

61 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series technical The Sentron Sensitrip III circuit breaker is a true RMS current sensing device. Digital microprocessor circuitry within the electronic trip unit provides more precise control over the circuit breaker functions. This control allows circuit coordination flexibility not available with thermal magnetic circuit breakers. Functions available in Sentron Sensitrip circuit breakers. Short Cont Long Instan- Short Short Time Ground Ground Catalog Number Trip Current Time taneous Time Time l 2 t Fault Fault (Description + Suffix) Type Setting Delay Setting Pick Up Delay Pick Up Pick Up Delay Basic Unit + (A) LI Basic Unit + (A)G LIG Basic Unit + (A)NT LSI Basic Unit + (A)NGT LSIG Letter A is used for MD and ND Solid State frame types only. Typical Trip Unit Labeling and Adjustment Positions for the Sentron Sensitrip Circuit Breaker. SMD, SHMD, SCMD, SND, SHND, SCND, SPD, SHPD SJD, SHJD, SCJD, SCD, SHLD, SCLD l n = Maximum circuit breaker ampere rating. l r = Current Rating a function of continuous ampere adjustment setting expressed in % of l n. l g = Ground Fault Pickup a function of adjustment setting expressed in % of l n. /1

62 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series technical l n = Maximum circuit breaker ampere rating. A. Adjustable Continuous Amps Rating Switch All Sensitrip III solid state molded case circuit breakers have an adjustable ampere rating switch. Adjustments made to this switch change the continuous current rating of the breaker from 20% to 100% of its maximum trip unit rating depending on the circuit breaker frame. B. Adjustable Long Time Delay Switch All Sensitrip III circuit breakers have an adjustable long time delay switch to allow for selection of long time delays of fixed time intervals at six times the setting of the adjustable continuous amps rating switch. C. Adjustable Instantaneous Pick-Up Switch Sensitrip III circuit breakers with an adjustable instantaneous trip switch allow selection of a tripping point from related to the adjusted circuit breaker Rating (l r ). l r = Current Rating a function of adjustment setting expressed in % of l n. l g = Ground Fault Pick-up a function of adjustment setting expressed in % of l n. Examples of Adjustment Settings Catalog Number SMD9800A Adjustable Ground Fault Pick-Up Switch Sensitrip III circuit breakers containing the optional equipment ground fault protection cover the ground fault pick-up range of 20% to 70% of the circuit breaker frame rating. The ground fault pick-up settings also allow for one of three time delays based on 1 2 t curves. For 3-phase, 4-wire systems, an external neutral transformer is required with an ampere rating equal to the trip unit ampere rating. Continuous Long Time Instantaneous I n = 800 Current Setting Delay Setting Setting I n = 800 amperes Results 240 amperes 12 seconds trip 1920 amperes l r = 30% of 800 at x 240 amps = x l r = 8 x 240 Catalog Number SMD9800ANGT D. Adjustable Short Time Pick-Up Switch (Optional) Sensitrip III circuit breakers with an adjustable short time pick-up switch allow for selection of short time pick-up in a range from 1.5 to 10 times the setting of the maximum current rating. E. Adjustable Short Time Delay Switch (Optional) Sensitrip III circuit breakers with an adjustable short time pick-up switch also contain a switch for adjustment in time delay. The adjustable short time delay switch allows for either of two modes of short time delays. One range of settings enables the breaker to be set for fixed time delays and the other range of settings enables the breaker to be set for short time delays based on l 2 t curves. Long Short Time Short Time Ground Ground l r Time Pick-Up Instantaneous Pick-Up Short Time l 2 T Fault Fault l n Setting Delay Off Setting On Delay Set Pick-Up Delay 800 amperes l r 8 l r Results sec. 500A 4480A.5 secs A 320A.2 sec l n = 800 amperes. l r = 50 amperes (70% of 800). Delay = 20 seconds at 330 amps ( x l r ). Breaker will trip in 20 seconds with 330 amperes. Short Time Pick-Up Off Instantaneous can be used. Instantaneous set at 10 x l r = 10 x 50 = 500 amperes. Short Time Pick-Up On Set at 8 = 8 x 50 = 4480 amperes. Short Time Delay =.5 seconds. (Definite Time) Note: & are mutually exclusive. l 2 t switch on.28 x 50 = 330 amperes. (Inverse time) Ground Fault Pick-Up set at 40 = 40% of l n = 320 amperes. (Definite Time) Ground Fault Delay set at.2 seconds. Breaker will trip in 200 milliseconds with a 400 ampere ground fault. /2

63 SB Encased System Breakers WL Power Circuit Breakers Insulated Case pole, to 5000 up to Ampere 5000A Frame Rating Description Breaker Description The ever-increasing Siemens SENTRON use of plant and energy management SB systems Breakers has provide intensified maximum the demand flexibility, for with circuit four principal frame size envelopes: breakers supporting multiple open 1200, 2000, 3200, and 5000 amperes. protocols to monitor and control the flow Applications include mains, ties, feeders, of energy in the power system. The and emergency source breakers in extensive and modular WL family of industrial plants, commercial installations, circuit breakers and accessories provides and health care facilities. SB Breakers combine this for high applications interrupting from ability 200A to 5000A. with Applications extended short time tripping for successful WL breakers application can be in applied fully-rated as main, tie, systems, feeder while or distribution providing breakers complete in selectivity low-voltage through electrical the applied power breaker s systems. short time rating. This assures the highest possible Versions reliability and availability from the power Frame distribution ratings: 800A system. to5000a The circuit 3 physical breaker frame mechanism sizes is a true two-step stored energy system that allows Rated nominal operating voltage up for a maximum five cycle closing to 00VAC for distribution bus paralleling. Seven interrupting classes from 50kA SB Breakers to 200kA Exceed at 480VUL Requirements SB Breakers Circuit breaker comply or with non-automatic worldwide switch industry standards and are UL Listed and WL Circuit Breakers aredelivered as CSA certified for enclosed operation complete assembled breakers or at 100% in both fixed and drawout individual frames, guide frames, and mounting configurations. The robust, accessories self-cooling SB Breaker design requires no Installation additional ventilation, Types even when operated Fixed-mounted at 100% or of the Draw-out Frame version. Ampere Rating. Standards Internal Accessories WL ANSI / UL 10 Circuit Breakers Electric will satisfy: Motor C37.13, Operator C37.1, C37.17, Local C37.50, Electric NEMA CloseSG3 Auxiliary WL UL & 489 Alarm Circuit Switches Breakers will satisfy: UL 489 / CSA C22.2 NO.5 Undervoltage Release (UVR) Shunt WL Circuit Breakers are suitable for Trip use in UL 1558 LV Switchgear and UL Remote 891 LV Open/Close Switchboards & Alarm Relay External Conditions Accessories of Application Ground WL Circuit Fault Breakers Sensing are and designed Relayingto Key meet Interlock standard and Industrial Padlock and Features Commercial application requirements. Drawout Padlock and Close Blocking Uniform Dimensions Cell Switches WL Circuit Breaker dimensions differ Drawout Safety Shutters only in the device width, which varies by Secondary frame size. Disconnect With the exception & Terminal of Block the T 200kA Connectors ANSI Frame Size II which has an Neutral additional Sensing 5" depth Transformers to accommodate integral fuses. Lifting Device Jacket Auxiliary Minimal Space Power Requirements Supply Dead The WL Front design Shield is extremely compact Trip without Unit sacrificing Retrofit Kits performance and does not use energy-wasting heat sinks. PC and Network Communications general General CSA / UL / IEC Symmetrical RMS Amperes Interrupting Ratings Trip Units SB Encased Systems Manual operating mechanism with Breaker The electronic, micro processor-based Voltage Frame Amperage Rating mechanical c and electrically Standard trip unit Measurement is auxiliary voltage-independent AC interlocked 2000 closing for all protective functions Type SBA Alternate and enables A.I.R. (KA): Motorized Blue Label operating mechanism with adaptation to the different 240 protection mechanical 085 and electrically interlocked requirements of distribution 480 systems, closing. 05 Operating mechanisms with motors, transformers and 00 generators. electrically interlocked closing are suitable for synchronizing tasks Non-Automatic Type SBS Standard A.I.R. (KA): Black Label InterruptingSwitch Ratings A special version of the circuit breaker is Auxiliary Contacts CSA/UL Symmetrical used as a non-automatic 480 switch Auxiliary switches 100 can be 100 added according 050 to the 05 type of 085 installation. 085 They 085are without a trip unit and Type has SBH High no protective A.I.R. (KA): Red easily Label mounted via front, top mounted 100 (489) RMS Amperes The non-automatic switch 00 is constructed function. A possible application 240 N/A is for use N/A terminal N/A blocks as a tie in systems with 480 parallel N/A feeds. N/A Modularity N/A N/A N/A N/A Main Bus Connectors Common guide frames for the draw-out Short Time Ratings Breakers (KA)t are = equipped.5 secondswith standard version make them completely interchangeable between the UL 489 / CSA and vertical main bus connections. lcu Horizontal IEC bus connections Interrupting are available 415 lcs as an ANSI / UL 10 rated circuit breakers option in Ratings- Frame Size 1 and lcw 2 up 025 to 025 Components, such 050 as auxiliary 05 releases, 05 (For 2000A. SBS Symmetrical Breakers RMS Amperes lcu 0 0 motorized 0 0 operating 0 mechanisms, 0 0 trip Only) Communication (50HZ) Capability 90 lcs units, current sensors, auxiliary lcw signal 025 switches, 035 automatic reset 05 devices MODBUS or PROFIBUS communications Frame transmit Sizes, the acquired Ratings, and Rating metered Plugs retrofit & Dimensions any circuit breaker to meet or interlocks can be used to modify or SB data, such Frame as current values, breaker changing requirements. Moveable The main contacts Fixed can Mounting be replaced Drawout to extend Mounting the life Frame status, trip Ampere log, etc. Rating to a central Plugs Sizes monitoring Rating computer. (Amperes) When the optional (H x W x D) (H x W x D) of the circuit breaker and feature integrated contact wear indicators. metering 0400 function is 200, installed, 225, 250, the 300, WL 350, A acquires 0800 data useful 400, for 450, power 500, 00, 700, x 15.5 x x 20.5 x 1.0 management 1200 and can 00, contribute 700, 800, 1000, to a 1200 Electronic Trip Unit Modularity significant 1200 savings in 00, energy 700, 800, costs. 1000, A1200 Modularity is the outstanding feature of 2000A 1.75 x 15.5 x x 20.5 x 1.0 new, internal 2000 circuit 1000, breaker 1200, bus 100, enables 2000 the new WL Circuit Breakers. The trip the expansion 2500 of breaker 100, 2000, functionality 2500 units themselves can be retrofitted with 3200A through 27.5 x 15.5 x x 21.5 x the integration 100, of 2000, many 2500, 3000, 3200 special LCDs, ground fault modules, secondary functions which were , 2000, 2500 rating plugs and communication previously separate, including: modules.100% Rated Circuit Breaker WL , 2000, 2500, 3000, A 27.5 x 23.5 x x 29.5 x 1.0 Control 4000 of analog 2000, displays circuit breakers are designed for 2500, 3000, 3200, 4000 continuous operation at 100% of their Options 5000 for testing 2500, the 3000, 3200, 4000, 5000 current rating without the need for communication setup external heat sinks. Display of breaker status and reason for trip Conditions of Application Input modules for reading other WL Circuit Breakers are designed to external signals and transmitting meet standard Industrial and Commercial these signalsvia PROFIBUS or application requirements. MODBUS communication A selection of output modules to provide contact closures based on events or measured-value setpoints. It is not only possible to monitor the breaker remotely, it is also possible to open and close the breaker as well as setting parameters remotely Operating Mechanisms Circuit breakers can be optionally delivered with different operating mechanisms, including: Manual operating mechanism with a Consult Siemens Sales Office for pricing and production schedule. mechanical SB Price and closing Selection (standard) Guide IPPS-2209 is also available. Breaker Frame Size refers to the physical breaker envelope size. Breaker Frame Ampere Rating is determined by the current sensors in the breaker. /3

64 SB Encased System Breakers WL Power Circuit Breakers Electronic Trip Units Selection criteria for WL Circuit Two types of interchangeable trip units for Breakers the SB Encased Systems Breakers are The available. basic criteria The basic for selecting type TL circuit Trip Unit breakers features is: a full range of industry standard protective settings and the highperformance Maximum Available Short Circuit at the installation Systems point. Breaker This Energy value Communicating determines the Trip short Unit (SB-EC circuit current Trip Unit) offers interrupting advanced rating metering, or short protective circuit relaying, current time-stamped withstand rating logs, of and the power circuit quality breaker monitoring functions, including an integral keypad and LCD graphical display for menu-driven Rated Current system In which configuration is to flow and real-time through voltage the respective and current circuit waveform breaker continuously. This value may not be greater than the maximum rated current of the circuit breaker. The rated Communications the rating plug, up to the maximum All frame SB Circuit rating Breaker trip units feature two levels of communication: Zone Ambient Temperature of the circuit breaker. Selective Interlocking and ACCESS This is usually the temperature System inside Open-protocol the cubicle communications, allowing integration into Design Siemens of the WinPM circuit V4.0 breaker. supervisory Protective software, Functions along of the with circuit other breaker. popular These third are party determined energy by the monitoring selection networks of the appropriate and components. trip unit WinPM V4.0 delivers a powerful energy management system providing sophisticated monitoring capability to a host computer and other components in the electrical distribution system at an affordable cost. It also provides process PC displays. Both units offer unique models to provide an efficient combination of options versus cost for every application. Interchangeable Rating Plugs SB Breaker trip units use field interchangeable rating plugs allowing the effective ampere rating of the circuit breaker to be field-modified and provides security against indiscriminate changes in the breaker s ampere rating. PLCs Access GENERAL General Advanced True RMS Current Sensing Both the basic type TL and the premium SB-EC Trip Unit feature advanced digital-processing techniques to measure the true heating content of the current waveform. This True RMS value of current measurement virtually eliminates nuisance tripping due to the presence of harmonics on the distribution bus. control, including peak demand, trend that allows data exchange to analysis, Trip waveform Unit Functions analysis, and other Windows software such as harmonic calculations and displays. spreadsheets and word-processors. These Basic functions Protective help Functions pinpoint energy Protocol Converters ETU725 are available ETU727 from consumption, Long-timepower overcurrent quality protection issues, Siemens L for connection to a variety Short-time delayed overcurrent protection S and the energy cost of any process. of open and proprietary automation Instantaneous overcurrent protection I Outages and potential outages can protocols, including Profibus DP, Neutral conductor protection N be quickly Ground diagnosed fault protection and plans can LonWorks, G the Siemens S7 PLC, be generated for expansion and and many other third party PLCs and Additional Functions preventative plant maintenance. associated networks. The SB-EC Trip Selectable neutral protection Communications is accomplished via Unit s EIA-232 communications Defeatable short-time protection EIA-485 twisted pair wire or modem, port provides additional local PC Defeatable instantaneous protection providing Selectable communications thermal memory to a remote communications for available trip unit site and Zone allowing selectiveaccess interlocking to multiple data displays and trip unit configuration plants. S WinPM electable I2t utilizes or fixeda short-time Windows delay via Siemens SBWin software. DDE (dynamic Adjustabledata instantaneous exchange) pick-up server Selectable I2t or I4t long-time delay Adjustable short-time delay and pick-up Selectable and adjustable neutral protection Dual protective setting capability Dynamic arc-flash sentry Extended instantaneous protection Parameterization and Displays Parameterization by rotary switches (10 steps) Parameterization by communication (absolute values) Robotics Parameterization by menu/keypad CNC (absolute values) Remote parameterization of the basic functions Remote parameterization of the additional functions Alphanumeric LCD Graphical LCD Metering Function Metering function Data Transfer Link Metering function Plus PROFIBUS DP, LonWorks, DeviceNet, ModBus,... MT Communication CubicleBUS Communication via PROFIBUS-DP Communication via the MODBUS Communication via the Ethernet (BDA) Power Meters Win PM Standard Not available Optional SB Breaker MCCBs Fixed, short-time delay only. /4

65 SB Encased System Breakers WL Power Circuit Breakers Electronic Trip Units SB-EC Trip Unit Features by Model Type Feature SBxxTP01 SBxxTP01G SBxxTP02 SBxxTP02G Integral Keypad & Display Voltage/Current Waveform Displays Protective Functions Long Time, Short Time, Instantaneous Metering Functions Volts, Amps, PF, Frequency, Watts, VARs, VA, Crest Factor, Ampand Watt Demand, Voltage and Current Waveforms, Voltage and Current Unbalance Communications PC (RS-232), ACCESS (RS-485) Counters Breaker Test (Trip/No Trip), Mechanical Counter, Interruption Level Fault Counter Security Password Trip Unit Protection Functions Event Log Time-stamped 10 Basic ProtectiveMost Functions Recent Events ETU745 ETU748 Trip Long-time Log overcurrent protection L Time-stamped 5 Short-time delayed Most overcurrent Recent Events protection S Alarms Instantaneous overcurrent protection (Alarm Neutral Only) conductor Overcurrent, protection Gnd. I N Overcurrent, Ground fault Over protection Amp Demand, Over G kw Over kw Demand, Phase Sequence, Over Additional KVAR, Over Functions KVA, Under/Over P.F. Advanced Selectable Alarms neutral protection Total Defeatable Harmonicsshort-time protection Min./Max. Defeatable Logs instantaneous protection Volt/Amp, Selectable Power, thermal PF, Freq., memory %THD Zone selective interlocking Harmonic Analysis Up to Selectable 19th Per Phase, I2t or fixed THD short-time delay Adjustable instantaneous pick-up Protective Relay Functions Selectable I2t or I4t long-time delay (Alarm and/or Trip) Neutral Adjustable Overcurrent, short-time Current delay Balance, and pick-up Under/Over Selectable Voltage, and adjustable Voltage Unbalance, neutral protection Reverse DualPower, protective Under/Over setting capability Frequency, Phase Dynamic Loss arc-flash sentry Ground Extended Fault Protection instantaneous protection Residual Parameterization or Ground Return and Displays System Status Indicators: Yellow LED indicates an alarm condition, red LED indicates a trip condition ESC Key: used to exit menus EIA232 Serial Port: for direct connection to a personal computer Frame Rating Indication: indicates the frrame rating of the circuit breaker with which the trip unit is used Up and Down Arrows: for convenient scrolling through choices on LCD general General System Check Indicators: Two green LEDs blink to indicate that protective and metering systems are working correctly LCD Display: provides fast, convenient display of menu options and device status Enter Key: for selection of choices or moving between selections Test Connector: easy connection to portable TS-31 test set for functional testing Parameterization by rotary switches (10 steps) Wave Parameterization Form Displays by communication (absolute values) Siemens WinPM Version 4.0 or later via the trip unit s EIA-232 or EIA-485 Parameterization by menu/keypad (absolute values) The SB-EC Trip Unit offers digital or SBWin Software to display the communication ports or a hard-wire Remote parameterization of the basic functions waveform sampling as a standard feature waveforms and automatically perform input. For remote operation via a Remote parameterization of the additional functions that allows a real-time graphical view harmonic analysis using Fast Fourier communication port, WinPM Version 4.0 Alphanumeric LCD of a complete cycle of line and neutral transformation techniques. Both the or later, Shunt Trip and Remote Open/ Graphical LCD currents or phase voltages, including resident trip unit and the PC-based Close Relay accessories are required Metering Function voltage and current phase relationships harmonic analysis functions provide for the remote open function, and an Metering function and harmonic distortion. On-board the value of Total Harmonic Distortion Electrical Operator accessory is required Metering function Plus harmonic analysis functions are available (THD) of the waveforms and are useful in addition for both remote open and Communication on premium units, allowing harmonic in locating the source and severity of close operations. analysis CubicleBUS up to the 19 th multiple and harmonics and developing corrective For remote operation via a hard-wire Communication via PROFIBUS-DP permitting the data to be viewed and strategies. input, only a Shunt Trip accessory is Communication via the MODBUS examined on the integral LCD graphical necessary for the remote open function, Communication via the Ethernet (BDA) Remote Operation panel. Sampled data can also be stored and an Electrical Operator is additionally Standard Not available Optional in memory and transmitted to a PC via Remote, automatic open and close required for both remote open and the serial communications port, using operation of the breaker is possible close operations. ETU755 ETU77 Further Information Refer to SB Encased Systems Breaker Bulletin IPPS-2209E for additional price and catalog information. SB-EC Trip Unit Product Bulletins are also available (IPPS-2208B, IPFL-2207A). /5

66 WL SB Encased Power Circuit System Breakers Breakers 3-Pole, up to 5000A Electronic Trip Units Consult Siemens Sales Office for pricing or refer to SB Encased Systems Breaker Bulletin IPPS-2209E coordination for additional price purposes. and catalog information. (SB-EC Trip Unit Product Bulletins are also available IPPS-2208B, IPFL-2207A). For 3 phase, 4 wire systems, order correct 4th wire the (neutral) frame. transformer The typical as separate power item. circuit Expansion Plug and Multiplexer/Translator required. See page -9. GENERAL General Rating Plug a wide range of locking devices can be Spring charge indicator Basic Type TL Trip Unit Rating Plug It is no longer necessary to replace the installed or retrofit, including: Rear vertical main contacts current transformer to change the rated Available Type TL Features by Model Lockable drawout version to protect current of the breaker. Instead, you against unauthorized removal Main contact replacement flag simply replace the rating plug which is Catalog Number easily Trip Unit accessible Function on the front of the trip (standard) Auxiliary plug system with bare wire SB T pressure screw terminals. Delivery unit. The circuit breaker is set to the new Adjustable Continuous Current High degree of protection through rated current quickly and is already includes all auxiliary plugs necessary for Plexiglas cover correctly Adjustable labeled. Long Time Delay both factory installed and future field Long Adjustable Time Short Overcurrent Time Pickup Protection Mechanical reclosing lockout after installed accessories with Adjustable Switchable Short Time I2t/I4t Delay Characteristics (l 2 long-time, short-time or instantaneous T) trip (optional) Mechanical trip indicator Curve of the The Adjustable long time Short overcurrent Time Delay (Fixed) overcurrent release Adjustments system protection Adjustable in Instantaneous the ETU745, Pickup ETU755 and Devices with trip unit ETU745 or ETU77 trip units can be switched higher are equipped with temperature Automatic reset after trip Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup between an I2t and I4t characteristic Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (l 2 to sensors on the BSS and The front panel cannot be removed if improve coordination between upstream T) COM15/COM1 (standard) the circuit breaker closed circuit Adjustable breakers GF Time and Delay fuses. (Fixed) Front Fixed Panel Instantaneous Override Lock provision for locking the breaker Laminated main contact fingers as part in the OPEN position of the breaker contact strip on The Internal front Watchdog panel is designed so that it can the drawout circuit breaker be Integral accessed Testing through Functions a cutout in the Lockable covers for the CLOSE button door, which means that all controls and Local Trip Indication: displays are accessible even when the Lockable racking handle prevents Breaker position display in the operator s panel Overload moving the breaker cubicle door is closed. The front panels of all Short Frame Time Size II and Frame Size III Lockable charging handle prevents Captive crank handle Fault for indicators racking out circuit Short breakers Circuit are identical, and allow the breaker charging the springs for two different through-door access Built-in Ground Fault designs: Trip unit and front panel controls Standard Version Features Guide frame with guide rails for easy handling of draw-out Test version Functions or Access front Communications panel controls only. Compatibility The degree WL Circuit Breakers have the following of Catalog protection Number of Suffix the front panel is IP 20. LI LSI standard LS LIG equipment: LSG LSIG Breaker cannot be moved in the Environmental Protection CLOSED state Mechanical CLOSE and mechanical Plug-in The plastics used are halogen-free and OPEN push buttons Rated current coding Display between Module the recyclable. guide frame and the breaker Manual operating mechanism with Safety and Reliability mechanical closing Suitable for reverse feed applications In order to help protect the electrical distribution system and circuit breaker Contact position indicator The breaker is always equipped with the required number of secondary against The interchangeable unauthorized trip breaker unit system operations, of All standard Front panel trip ready-to-close units feature: indicator Choose disconnect the appropriate blocks function the SB breaker showcases the latest Integral Testing Functions package and catalog number as shown Exclusive advancements Features in microprocessor below: controlled circuit protection technology. Built-in Trip Indicators Generator/Utility Dynamic Arc-Flash Sentry (DAS) employs Example: breaker S with B 2 an 0 T 'LS' L S trip G unit, or when Protection Using the speed Sets and power of its the Instantaneous unique dual Override protective setting capability the instantaneous function is switched 24/7/35 microprocessor power to availability drive sophisticated critical for Continuous of the 755 Self-Diagnostic and 77 trip units, coupled off on an 'LSI' trip unit, can only be some digital systems. sampling On-site techniques, generation the SB capability unit measures is growing the more true and heating more content common lower arc flash parameter set. A normal commonly 85kA or less. For application trip Watchdog with the ability to easily toggle to a applied up to it's short-time rating, System LED on front cover Breaker Catalog in of many the current systems. waveform All of the (RMS WL current) digital operation parameter set can be optimized for selective trip coordination, current above the short-time rating, the on systems with levels of available fault electronic Frame Number hundreds of trip times units each allow second, the system designer effectively to eliminating precisely tailor nuisance trip settings while the second set is optimized for typical 'LS' power tripping Available protective function Ampere circuit Suffix breaker cannot for due the to the most presence demanding of harmonics requirements. lower arc flash energy levels. The be applied or must employ an instantaneous override. Rating This instantaneous and However, the 755 and 77 trip units adjustments dynamic action include: comes from the ability to allow other one noise set of on trip the settings system. for a fully switch Continuous from Current the normal operation set to override is set at as much as 20% below loaded utility feed and with a simple contact closure, the trip unit toggles to a presence of personnel as they approach compromise selective trip coordination the arc flash limiting set based on the the short-time rating and can seriously Long Time Delay 2000 ampere breaker ampere rating second trip set tailored to provide optimal generator protection. The wide variety of switching methods may be the Short flash Time protection Pickup and boundary. Delay A wide with: with downstream breakers. Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable The WL, equipped Continuous with Current EIP, overcomes range of settings allows the WL to provide protection for a minimal generator facility. The capabilities range from fully withstand capability, and full coordina- used based on the needs of a particular Ground Fault Pickup and Delay Adjustable these limitations Long Time by providing Delay full capacity for only essential loads, through automatic switching using appropriate Adjustable tion, with Short a minus Time 0% Pickup short-time and band full backup for an entire facility. This dual occupancy sensors to manual switching Time tolerance Delayup to 85kA on frame Size II utility/generator protection capability in a via a key operation. Adjustable and 100kA Ground on Size Fault III. Above Pickup fault and currents of 20% higher than the full short- single circuit breaker allows the system Extended Instantaneous Protection designer unparalleled, cost effective, Time (Patent Pending) time rating, the WL breaker is self-protecting, Breaker and the Ampere EIP function Ratings: will trip the flexibility. Extended Instantaneous protection (EIP), Delay Dynamic Arc-Flash Sentry another unique feature of the WL trip 04=400, breaker 08=800, instantly 12=1200, to protect the frame (Patent Pending) unit, allows the system designer to 1=100, and the system 20=2000, from 25,=2500, these extremely A unique feature of the WL trip unit achieve full selective trip coordination up 32=3200, high currents, 40=4000 as high as 150kA on frame allows the system designer to achieve to the short-time rating of the frame Size III. One added benefit is that arc lower levels of arc flash energy and while also allowing application of the flash energy is greatly reduced in this delayed tripping for selective trip breaker up to the interrupting rating of high current region due to the instantaneous trip response that EIP provides. / Insert appropriate breaker frame ampere rating desgination into catalog number. See example above. e Add appropriate catalog number suffix as required. See example above.

67 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Electronic and Communications Accessories Electronic & Display Devices Trip Unit Test Set Type Catalog Number Portable TS Spare TS-31 Test Set Interconnecting Cable TS31CABLE selection SADU Ammeter Display Unit The TS-31 test set is used to test the operation of the fault protection functions of the circuit breaker s trip unit, including long-time, short-time, instaneous, and ground fault by means of secondary current injections. Sensitrip Ammeter Display Unit Breaker Type Catalog Number SJD, SLD, SMD, SADU SND, SPD SADURMK The Sensitrip Ammeter Display Unit (SADU) provides real-time metering for all Sentron- Sensitrip III Molded Case Circuit Breakers. The unit plugs directly onto the front of the trip unit and provides displays for individual phase currents flowing through the breaker. Additional features include Average, Demand, Ground and Unbalance Current displays, along with impending Trip Status. Current Metering Logs, and a unique diagnostic Trip Log that records the date, time and type of fault for the previous five breaker trips. The device is UL and CSA certified. The optional panel mount accessory (SADURMK18) allows easy device mounting external from the circuit breaker, in panelboard and switchboard spaces or gutters, with the flexibility of interior panel exterior panel, or wall mounting capability. The 2 x 1 alphanumeric LCD display provides easy viewing of data, such as viewing all three phase currents simultaneously. Plug-in Mounting Direct plug-in or Panel Mounting* Trip Unit Powered & Battery back-up 2 x 1 LCD Alphanumeric Display* Ammeter Diplay Functions RMS Phase Currents Average Current* Current Demand* Ground Current Current Unbalance (%)* Breaker Status Normal Impending Trip* Time Stamped Trip Log (last 5) Time & Date* Trip Cause: LT, ST, GF, SC Max Log (with date & time) Max Phase Current* Max Average Current* Max Ground Current* Max Unbalance Current* Max Current Demand* * Unique Features /7

68 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Communications Accessories Selection Multiplexor Translator Breaker Type Features Cat No SJD, SLD Zone Interlocking Only MTZ SMD, SND SPD, STD Full Communications SBA, SBS, SBH with Zone Interlocking MTA ACCESS Communications a All SB Circuit Breaker trip units feature two levels of communication: Zone Selective Interlocking and ACCESS System Open-protocol communications. The SB-EC Trip Unit is fully equipped for direct integration into ACCESS or compatible communication systems. A multiplex/translator (MTA) and Expansion Plug area required for the TYPE TL trip unit when full Access communications is specified. The MTA also has Zone Selective Interlocking capability. Refer to Bulletin IPIM-2211A and Instruction Sheet Pc. No A00 for additional information. Siemens WinPM V4.0 supervisory software delivers a powerful energy management system providing sophisticated monitoring capability to a host computer and other components in the electrical distribution system at an affordable cost. It also provides process control, including peak demand, trend analysis, waveform analysis, and harmonic calculations and displays. These functions help pinpoint energy consumption, power quality issues, and the energy cost of any process. Outages and potential outages can be quickly diagnosed and plans can be generated for expansion and preventative plant maintanence. Refer tobulletins IPIM-2211A for Cables & Connectors Ribbon Cables Breaker Type Length Cat No SJD, SLD SMD, SND SPD, STD SBA, SBS, SBH Telephone Cables additional information. Communications is accomplished via EIA-485 twisted pair wire or modem, providing communications to a remote site and allowing access to multiple plants. WinPM V4.0 utilizes a WIndows DDE (dynamic data exchange) server that allows data exchange to other Windows software such as spreadsheets and wordprocessors. Protocol Converters are available from the Siemens ACCESS group for connection to a variety of open and proprietary automation protocols as part of the ACCESS product line, including Profibus DP, LonWorks, the Siemens S7 PLC, and many other third party PLCs and associated networks. The SB-EC Trip Unit s EIA-232 communications port provides additional PC communications for available trip unit data displays and trip unit configuration via Siemens SBin software. Built to order. Allow 3 4 weeks for delivery. Built to order. Allow 7 9 weeks for delivery. Factory wired when ACCESS communications or ZSI is ordered for the SB breaker from the factory. /8 When ordered with circuit breaker from the factory. One MTA or MTZ per eight trip units when required. Always required when multiple MT s are used. One additional cable per each additional MT. The Multiplexor Translator MTZ is an interface device required in zone selective interlock schemes. The MTA combines the zone selective interlocking function with interface to ACCESS Systems. 0 EPC EPC EPC EPC EPC Breaker Type Length Cat No 08 MTCSB SB 15 MTCSB STD 25 MTCSB MTCSB SJD, SLD 8 MTC SMD, SND, 15 MTC SPD, 25 MTC SBA, SBS, SBH 50 MTC The Expansion Plug EP is a required isolating device to connect the breaker with the Multiplexor Translator. It is connected to the trip unit on the breaker with a Ribbon Cable, EPC08 e.g., and the Multiplexor Translator with the Telephone Cable (an RJ-11 cable) MTCSB08 e.g. Expansion Plug Selection Guide Breaker Frame Mounting Cat. Type Size Type No SB ICCB and 1200A, Fixed EPSBFMK STD 2000A Draw out EPSBDMK SB ICCB and 3200A, Fixed EPSB4FMK STD 5000A Drawout EPSB4DMK Sensitrip ALL ALL EP Component Selection Guide Trip Units and Application Component ZSI (only) Access ZSI (only) ACCESS ACCESS Type with and/or with all and/or with Sensitrip ZSI with SB-EC with SB-EC MCCB S Sensitrip Trip Units SB-TL Trip MCCB s ACCESS Trip Units Units EP EPSB MTZ MTA EPC Cable MTC Cable MTCSB Cable

69 Lug Information Mechanical Lug Selection For Use Circuit Breaker Cables Per Catalog With Type(s) Ampere Rating Lug Lug Wire Range Number BQ, BQH, Line Side Load Side 1 #14 # AWG Cu 1 #12 # AWG Al 1 #8 #1 AWG Cu 1 # #1/0 AWG Al BQHF, 1 #14 #10 AWG Cu BQE, 1 #12 #10 AWG Al BQF, 1 #14 # AWG Cu BL, BLH, 1 #12 # AWG Al TC1Q1 (Pkg. of ) TA1Q1 (Pkg. of ) HBL, 1 #8 # AWG Cu Lugs are integral to HBQ 1 #8 #4 AWG Al Circuit Breaker Switching 1 #8 #4 AWG Cu Neutrals 1 #8 #2 AWG Al BG 1 #4 #1/0 AWG Cu BLG 1 #2 #1/0 AWG Al BQD, CQD BQD, CQD NGG Line Side (CQD, CQD) & Load Side #12 # AWG Al #2 #1/0 AWG Cu 1 #1/0 #2/0 AWG Al #14 # AWG Cu #12 # AWG Al #8 #1 AWG Cu # #1/0 AWG Al #14 # AWG Cu #8 #1 AWG Cu # #1/0 AWG Al # #1/0 AWG Cu #4 #2/0 AWG Al Integral Integral TC1Q1 (pkg. of ) TA1Q1 (pkg. of ) TA1GG20 (pkg. of 3) NUT KEEPER PLATE TNKG3 (Pkg. of 3) 1.00 Note: (A) Molded case circuit breakers having a rated ampacity of 125 amperes or less are to be connected with 0 or 75 C wire. Circuit breakers having a rated ampacity greater than 125 amperes shall only be cabled with 75 C cable unless otherwise indicated on the circuit breaker label. Exceptions to this rule are outlined in the 2002 National Electrical Code and Canadian Electrical Code. Lug is steel. Sold in package of six. Use on load side only. One nut keeper plate is required with each lug on the NGG breaker. /9

70 Lug Information Aluminum Body Lugs for Copper or Aluminum Wire Selection For Use Circuit Breaker Cables Per Catalog With Type(s) Ampere Rating Lug Lug Wire Range Number QJ2, QJH2 QJ2H, HQJ2H All 2, 3 pole ED2, ED4, ED, ED ETI, HED4, # AWG 300 kcmil (Cu) #4 AWG 300 kcmil (Al) TA1Q300 (pkg of 3) #14 #10 AWG (Cu) #12 #10 AWG (Al) SA1E #10 #1/0 (Cu or Al) LN1E #3-3/0 (Cu) #1-2/0 (Al) TA1E CED All 1 pole ED, HED FXD-A, FD-A, HFD, cfd HHFD #10 4 (Cu or Al) #4 #1/0 (Cu or Al) # AWG 350 kcmil (Cu) #4 AWG 350 kcmil (Al) LD1E00 (Load Side) LD1E100 (Load Side) TA1FD350A SJD(A), SHJD(A) #4 AWG 310 kcmil (Cu or Al) TA2J SCJD JXD2(A), JXD(A), JD(A), SJD(A), HJD(A), HHJXD, HHJD, SHJD(A), CJD, SCJD /0 500 kcmil (Cu) 4/0 500 kcmil (Al) TA2J LXD(A), LD(A), SLD(A), HLD(A), 3/0 500 kcmil (Cu) HHLXD, HHLD, /0 500 kcmil (Al) SHLD(A), CLD, TA2J SCLD LMD, LMXD, HLMD, kcmil (Cu or Al) TA2K HLMXD, MD, MXD, SMD, HMD, HMXD, 1/0 500 kcmil (Cu or Al) TA3K500 SHMD, CMD, kcmil (Cu or Al) TA2N SCMD ND, 2TA4P kcmil (Cu or Al) NXD, SND, 3TA4P HND, HNXD, SHND, CND, 2TA4N kcmil (Cu or Al) SCND 3TA4N PD, HPD, CPD PXD, HPXD, kcmil (Cu or Al) TA5P SPD, SHPD PD, PXD, HPD, HPXD, SPD, SHPD, kcmil (Cu or Al) TAR RD, RXD, HRD, HRXD, STD Use TA2K500 or TA3K500 only. Used for 100% rated MD/ND frame breakers. Contains 2 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier. Contains 3 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier. /70

71 Lug Information Optional Mechanical Lugs Selection For Use Circuit Breaker Cables Per Lug Qty per Catalog With Type Ampere Rating Lug Material Lug Wire Range Cat. # Number QJ2, QJH2, QJ2H, HQJ2H Cu # AWG 250 kcmil (Cu) 1 TC1Q ED, HED 2&3 pole 2 3 pole Cu #10 #1/0 (Cu) 1 TC1ED HFD, HHFD, CFD, F(X)D-A Cu # AWG 350 kcmil (Cu) 1 TC1FD J(X)D2(A), J(X)D(A), 1 Cu 3/0 00 kcmil (Cu) 1 TC1J00 HJD(A), HHJD, /0 500 kcmil (Cu) 1 TC2J500 SHJD(A), L(X)D(A), 8.00 HHLD, SCD, HLD(A), SHLD(A), kcmil (Al) CJD, CLD, SCJD, Al kcmil (Cu) SCLD 1 TA1L SMD, M(X)D, Cu #1 AWG 500 kcmil (Cu) 1 TC2K HM(X)D, HMD, 1 3 Cu #1 AWG 350 kcmil (Cu) 1 TC3K CMD, SCMD, SND, kcmil (Cu) 2 2TA2N N(X)D, HN(X)D, 1 2 Al kcmil (Al) 3 3TA2N SHND, CND, SCND kcmil (Cu) 2 2TA3N Al kcmil (Al) 3 3TA3N R(X)D, HR(X)D Cu kcmil (Cu) 1 TC5R P(X)D, HP(X)D, CPD, SPD, SHPD Al kcmil (Cu/Al) 1 TA4P Compression Lugs Ampere Lugs Lug Wire Catalog For Circuit Breaker Types Rating Poles Per Kit Size Number Lugs (contains indicated number of lugs and necessary hardware per kit) ED2, ED4, ED, HED4, CED , 2, 3 1 #2/0 CCE QJ2, QJH2, QJ2-H , kcmil CCQ F(X)D-A, HF(X)D, HHF(X)D, CFD , kcmil CCF JXD2-A, J(X)D-A, HJ(X)D-A, HHJ(X)D-A, CJD, SJD-A, SHJD-A, SCJD, L(X)D-A, HL(X)D-A, CLD, SLD-A, SHLD-A, SCLD Kits (contain lugs and hardware for complete line or load end of 2 or 3 pole breaker) M(X)D, HM(X)D, CMD, SMD, SHMD, SCMD N(X)D, HN(X)D, CND, SND, SHND, SCND , kcmil CCL CCM800K CCM800K kcmil 2 8 CCN1200K CCN1200K a Used for 100% rated JD/LD frame circuit breakers. /71

72 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Modifications A variety of internal and external accessories, as well as modifications, are available to adapt Siemens circuit breakers to special installation requirements. UL listed internal accessories for 100 through 2000A circuit breakers are field-addable. Internal accessories fine tune an electrical distribution system, allowing control of the circuit breakers to meet special application requirements. For example, emergency situations may dictate tripping critically placed circuit breakers quickly. Shunt trips accomplish this conveniently and efficiently. Or, when voltage drops are a concern, undervoltage trips automatically open the circuit breaker at a predetermined voltage level. A wide range of external operating and mounting accessories is also available. For example, face, shallow, and back mounting plates are ideal for tailoring BQ circuit breakers to OEM applications. A complete line of operating handles and handle-blocking devices meet switchboard, enclosure and safety needs. Plug-in mounting assemblies, which simplify switchboard mounting of circuit breakers and permit breaker removal without disconnecting bus or cable connections, are available. Modifications UL 489 Supplement SB Naval Use Breakers Breakers tested to UL 489 Supplement SB are qualified for use on non combat and auxiliary naval vessels. Siemens molded case breakers from the ED frame through the 2000 Amp SB frame can be labeled Naval in compliance with Supplement SB. Supplement SB testing comprises two sets of vibration tests. The first is to find mechanical resonances in the product and to subject the breaker to extreme testing at each resonant frequency. The second is a swept frequency test, in which the frequency of excitation is changed in intervals of 1Hz, and held at each frequency for five minutes. The excitation frequencies run from 4 to 33Hz, and the test is conducted in each of the three orthogonal axes of the breaker. During these tests, the breaker must not trip from the closed position, nor may the contacts touch from the open position. Calibration and insulation resistance are also verified during the test. For detailed information, refer to UL 489, Supplement SB. Selection / general 50 C Ambient Calibration Not UL listed and not available for solid state, 100% rated breakers or 400HZ calibrated breakers. For BL Type Circuit Breakers Add suffix M to catalog number (Example: B120M) For BQ, QJ2, and ED Frame Circuit Breakers Replace B in catalog number with M (Example: BQ3M00, QJ23M200, ED3M00) For FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, and RD Frame Circuit Breakers Non-Interchangeable Trip (3 pole only) Replace B in catalog number with M (Example: FXD3M225, JXD3M400) Interchangeable Trip (trip unit only, 3 pole only) Replace T in catalog number with W (Example: FD3W200, JD3W400) 400 HZ Calibration UL Listed (5KA IR) for BQ, BL, and QJ Type Circuit Breakers (200A max.) Add suffix Y to catalog number Not UL Listed for all other Circuit Breakers Add suffix Y to catalog number Fungus Proofing In accordance with MIL-T-152. All BQD, CQD, NGG, ED, FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, and RD, Frame Circuit Breakers are inherently fungus resistant and do not require special treatment. Fungus proofing in accordance with MIL-T-152 For BL, and BQ Type Circuit Breakers Order must be placed directly with the factory by the sales office. For all other Circuit Breaker Types Order must be placed directly with the factory by the sales office. Certificate of Compliance Certificate of compliance testing must be performed on the actual device being shipped. The certificate cannot be provided after initial shipment. Order for devices with COC requirement must be placed directly with the factory by the sales office. Ordering Information For NAVAL label, order must be placed directly with the factory by Siemens Sales Office. Types UL File ED2, ED4, ED, HED4 E10848, Vol 4, Sec 11 CED E10848, Vol 4, Sec 13 FD, FXD, HFD, HFXD E10848, Vol 4, Sec 17 CFD E10848, Vol 4, Sec 18 JXD2, JD, JXD, LXD, LD, E10848, Vol 4, Sec 8 HJD, HJXD, HLD, HLXD HHJD, HHJXD, HHLD, HHLXD E10848, Vol 4, Sec 20 CJD, CLD E10848, Vol 4, Sec 14 MD, MXD, HMD, HMXD, CMD, E10848, Vol 4, Sec 15 ND, NXD, HND, HNXD, CND PD, PXD, HPD, HPXD, CPD, E10848, Vol 4, Sec 19 RD, RXD, HRD, HRXD SBA400, SBS400, SBA800, E989, Vol 15, Sec 1 SBS800, SBA1200, SBS1200, SBA100, SBS100, SBA2000, SBS2000 /72

73 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories Feature Combinations general / selection The available feature combinations are shown in the chart below. For applications requiring combinations of features not listed in this chart, consult the sales office for availability. Avail. On ST/ UVT/ Elect. Modules/ Breaker ST/ ST/ AUX/ UVT/ UVT/ ST/ AUX/ Bell Ground Grd fault Breakers Breaker Poles ST AUX ALSW ALSW UVT AUX ALSW ALSW AUX ALSW ALSW Alarm fault w/bell QP, BQ, BL 1 1, 2, BQD, CQD, NGG 1 2, 3 1 1/1 1 1/1 1 QJ /1 2 All ED, EF 1 1, 2, 3 1 1/1 1/1 1/1/1 1 1/1, 1/2 1/1 1/1/1 1, 2 1/1, 2/ All FD, FF 2 2, , 2 1/1 1 All JD, LD, LMD 2 2, /1, 1/2 1, 2 1, 2 SJD, SHJD, SCJD, SLD, SHLD, SCLD /1, 1/2 1, 2 1, 2 All MD, ND, PD, RD Including Electronic 2 2,3 1 1/1 1 1/1, 1/2 1, 2 1/1, 2/1 1, 2 trip 1 NC / 1 NO, 2 NC / 2 NO, STD NC / 3 NO, NC / 4 NO, 5 NC / 5 NO Shunt Trip (ST) One or all critical circuit breakers may be tripped from a distant control point by use of a shunt trip device. A shunt trip operates through an auxiliary switch contact; when the breaker opens, current is not maintained on the shunt trip coil. Undervoltage Trip (UVT) When voltage drops to a value below 35% of the nominal coil rating, the undervoltage trip device automatically opens the breaker. The operation is instantaneous, and the circuit breaker cannot be reclosed until the voltage returns to 85% of line voltage. The undervoltage trip, which is continuously energized, must be energized before the circuit breaker can be closed. Auxiliary Switch (AUX) For applications requiring remote on or off indication (or electrical interlocking), auxiliary switches are available. Each switch comprises an A (open when circuit breaker is open) and a B (closed when circuit breaker is open) contact with a common connection. (Form C) Alarm Switch (ALSW) The alarm switch contact is closed when the circuit breaker is opened automatically by an overload, short circuit, shunt trip or undervoltage trip. The alarm switch contact is open when the circuit breaker is reset. For ED Frames For FD Frames For JD and LD Frames Factory assembled only If mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module can be installed in the right pocket. If mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module can be installed. If mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module can be installed in the left pocket. One module per column. /73

74 Molded Case Circuit Breakers External Accessories Handle Ties Provide simultaneous switching of 2 adjacent handles. Do not provide common trip. For Use With Catalog Standard Wt Lb/ Breaker Frame(s) Number Package Std Pkg selection BQ, BQH, HBQ, B, BLH, HBL (2 Pole) QTH Padlocking Devices For locking breaker in OFF position. BQXD, BQ, BQH, HBQ, BL, BLH, HBL ECQLD ECQTH3 One pole BL, BLF, BE, BAF ECPLD Two-pole BL, BLF and BE ECPLD All QJ HL All BQD, CQD BQDPLD All ED ED2HPL All FD FDPL All JD, LD, LMD JDHPL All MD, ND, PD, RD MNPLD 1 STD STDPLD 1 1 Filler Plates BQ, BQH, HBQ, BL, BLH, HBL QF3-UL Handle Blocking Devices For holding breaker in ON or OFF position. Not a lockout/tagout device. BL, BLH, HBL, BQXD, BQ, BQH, HBQ ECQL QJ2, QJH2, QJ2H, HQJ2H QJHS All BQD, CQD, NGG BQDHBD All ED E2HBL All FD FDHB All JD, LD, LMD JDHBL All MD, ND, PD, RD MNBL Handle Extensions For replacement. One extension shipped with breaker. All MD, ND, PD, RD EX STD EXSTD.00 Replacement Terminal Cover 1 4 FD Padlocking Device FDPLI NGG RTCG FD Handle Blocking Device FDHB1 Filler Plate QF3-UL Padlocking Device ECQLD3 Handle Blocking Device ECQL1 Handle Extension EX11 Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. Sold only in standard package quantities. /74

75 Molded Case Circuit Breakers External Accessories Mounting Clips For Use With Number of Catalog Standard Wt Lb Breaker Frame(s) Poles Number Package Std Pkg Selection BQ, BQH 1 MB Face Mounting Plates MB120 1 FP BQ, BQH, BQXD 2 FP FP CQDFMB CQD, CQD 2 CQDFMB CQDFMB BQ-GFCI 1 FP FMPG NGG 2 FMPG FMPG Shallow Mounting Brackets BQ, BQH 1 SMB Back Mounting Plates BQ, BQH, BQXD Mounting Screw Kits CQD, CQD CQDSMK All ED (CED requires 2 kits) MSE MSE NNG MSKG All QJ MSQJ 1 1 All FD (CFD requires 2 kits) 2 BR BR BR ED2, ED4, ED, HED4 1 E2BMB MSF MSF All JD, LD MSJ 1 All LMD MSLMD All MD, ND, MSMN 1 All PD, RD MSPR 1 2 MI Mechanical Interlocks For Use With Panel Plug-in Standard Wt Lb Breaker Type(s) Mounted Mounted Package Std Pkg Face Mounting Plates FP9558 FP9508 FP9555 FP955 SMB ( shown) Back Mounting Plate BR2 Mounting Screw Kit MSE QML12 BQ ECQML All QJ CSO 1 1 All FD MI5444 MI5444 Complete with two breakers All JD, LD MI All LMD MI All MD MI All ND MI All PD, RD MI5405 MI5405 STD STDMIF32 Mechanical Interlock MI5444 Built to order. Allow 2 3 weeks for delivery. Built to order. Allow 8 weeks for delivery. Note: CSO = Consult Sales Office Kit consists of 4 screws and washers. Consists of 1 screw and washers (order 100). Consists of 1 screw and washers (order 50). With mechanical interlock in place, no accessory can be installed into circuit breaker right pole. Addition of the mechanical interlock will prevent accessory installation in the left pole. Sold only in standard package quantities. Multiply List Price Each times package quantity for full price. Each package contains 5 strips of each. Each strip can be broken at perforations for 1, 2 or 3-pole use. Mechanical interlock is not designed for use within Siemens panelboards. /75

76 Molded Case Circuit Breakers External Accessories Rotary Door Mounted Operating Handles Types 1, 3, 3R, 12, 4 4X Complete Mechanism Handle Only Breaker Operator Shaft Only For Use With Catalog Number Breaker Standard Variable Catalog Catalog Length Catalog Frames Depth Depth Number Number (inches) Number ED CRHOESD CRHOEVD RHOEBO 8.00 FD CRHOFSD CRHOFVD RHOFBO CRHOH JD, LD CRHOJSD CRHOJVD RHOJBO LMD CRHOLMSD CRHOLMVD RHOLMBO MD, ND PD, RD 2 RHOSSD RHOSVD RHOSXD RHONSSD 8.00 RHONSD RHONVD RHOH RHONBO RHONSVD RHONSXD For 3 or 3R, order shaft and breaker operator as shown, and handle RHOH. For 4 & 4X, order handle RHOH4. Rotary Door Mounted Operating Handles Types 1 & 12 Standard Depth Variable Depth For Use With Catalog Catalog Breaker Frames Number Number CQD, NGG RHOCQVD ED D11CEU1 D11CEU FD D11CFU1 D11CFU JD, LD, LMD D11CJU Through Door Mounted Operating Handles Types 1 & 12 Standard Depth Variable Depth For Use With Catalog Catalog Breaker Frames Number Number CQD, NGG FMHOS QJ OH9498 VH ED E2RH1 E2RHV FD FRH1 FRHV Door Latch Kits Catalog Number Catalog Number Type Right Hand Left Hand 2 point latch DKR2 DKL point latch DKR3 DKL RHOH Rotary Door Mounted Operating Handles Selection D11CEU2 Standard Depth FRH1 CRHOH Variable Depth FRHV9 Built to order. Allow 3 4 weeks for delivery. Built to order. Allow 7 9 weeks for delivery. For use on 3-pole ED frame only. /7

77 Molded Case Circuit Breakers External Accessories Max-Flex, Flange Mounted Variable Depth Operators Complete Kit Handle Only Breaker Operator 3 Cable Cable Selection NEMA Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Frames Type Number Number Number Number 1, 3(R), FHOE FHOH ED 12 FHOEBO FHOEC03 4(X) FHOH , 3(R), FHOF FHOH FD 12 FHOFBO FHOFC03 4(X) FHOH , 3(R), JD, LD, FHOJ FHOH SJD, SLD 4(X) FHOH FHOJBO FHOJC03 1, 3(R), FHOLM03 FHOH LMD 12 FHOLMBO FHOJC03 4(X) FHOH MD, ND, 1, 3(R), FHON FHOHN PD, RD, 12 SMD, SND, SPD 4(X) FHOHN FHONBO FHONC048 Max-Flex handles are available with solid black handles instead of the customary red for on flange handle. These are preferred for use in IECmarkets, where red handles have specific meaning. Order componenets separately, apppending the letter i to the catalog number (e.g. FHOHI). Alternate Length Cable Only ED FD JD/LD/LMD MD/ND/PD/RD Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Inches Number Number Number Number 048 FHOEC FHOFC FHOJC FHONC FHOEC FHOFC FHOJC FHONC FHOEC FHOFC FHOJC FHONC FHOEC FHOFC FHOJC FHONC FHOEC FHOFC FHOJC FHONC FHOEC FHOFC FHOJC FHONC FHOEC FHOFC FHOJC FHONC144 Handle Auxiliary Switch For use with Max-Flex and Rotary Door operators (FHOH and RHOH). 1 NO and 1 NC contact. For Use With Catalog Number ED, JD, LD, LMD, ND, PD, RD, SD, Max Flex HAS Fixed Depth Flange Mounting Minimum Left Hand Mount Right Hand Mount Enclosure NEMA Frames Depth Type Catalog Number Catalog Number ED.44 1, 3R, 12 FDFBEL FDFBER , 4X FDFBEL FDFBER FD.44 1, 3R, 12 FDFBFL FDFBFR , 4X FDFBFL FDFBFR Max Flex Breaker Operator Handle Max-Flex handles are available with solid black handles instead of the customary Red for On flange handle. These are preferred for use in IECmarkets, where red handles have specific meaning. Order componenets separately, apppending the letter i to the catalog number (e.g. FHOHI). FDFBFR Built to order. Allow 7 9 weeks for delivery. For 1- or 2-pole breaker order FHOED03 complete kit or FHOEDBO breaker operator only. 48 inch cable is standard length for M through R frame Max-Flex operators. /77

78 Molded Case Circuit Breakers External Accessories Telemand Motor Operator AC Hinged to List Breaker Frame Voltage Open Down Price $ EDexcept CED 120 MOE MOE ED motor operator opens downward. Selection Breaker DC Hinged to AC Hinged to Frame Voltage Open Right Voltage Open Right 24 MOF024DC 120 MOF FD 48 MOF048DC 240 MOF MOF125DC MOJ024DC 120 MOJ JD, LD 48 MOJ048DC 240 MOJ MOJ125DC 24 MOLMD024DC 120 MOLMD LMD 48 MOLMD048DC 240 MOLMD MOLMD125DC MD, ND, 120 MOMN PD, RD 240 MOMN To order FD through RD motor operators with Left side hinges, add L to catalog number (e.g. MOF120L). List prices are the same. Dimensions Frame A B C D E F ED FD JD, LD, LMD MD, ND, PD, RD Operating Currents On Catalog In-Rush Running Time In-Rush Running Time Reset Number (Amps) (Amps) (msec) (Amps) (Amps) (msec) (Amps) MOE MOE MOF120/L MOF240/L MOLMD120/L MOJ120/L MOJ240/L MOMN120/L MOMN240/L Off FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, RD Frames Front View For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. Built to order. Allow 7 9 weeks for delivery. Bottom View /78

79 Molded Case Circuit Breakers External Accessories Plug-In Mounting Assemblies, Including Base and Tulip Assemblies Line Side Load Side Steel Switchboard For Use With Catalog Catalog Mounting Plate Breaker Frames Poles Number Number Catalog Number All ED 2 PC PC except CED 3 PC PC CED 2 PC PC PC PC All FD 2 PC PC except CFD 3 PC PC CFD 2 PC PC PC PC PL21 PL217 PL472 PL473 All JD 2 PC PC PL579 except CJD 3 PC PC Kit CJD, SCJD 3 PCCJD PCCJD PL5797 All LD 2 PC PC except CLD 3 PC PC PL59 Kit CLD, SCLD 3 PCCLD PCCLD PL5797 All MD All ND Tulip Assemblies Separately 2 PC PC PC PC PC PC54 c PC PC Pole 3 Pole For Catalog Catalog Frame Number Number ED TCE2 TCE FD TCF2 TCF JD TCJ2 TCJ LD TCL2 TCL MD TCM2 TCM ND TCN2 TCN Rear-Connecting Studs PL998 PL999 For Use Extension With Behind Line Side Load Side Breaker Ampere Breaker Catalog Catalog Frames Rating Description (inches) Number Number All ED All FD All JD All LD CJD, SCJD CLD, SCLD 100 Line Side (Short) 2.38 RS Load Side (Short) 2.38 RS Line Side (Long) 4.88 RS Load Side (Long) 4.88 RS Short 3.12 RS RS Long 7.0 RS RS Short 5.85 RS RS Long RS RS Short 5.85 RS RS Long RS RS Add required shield kit. CLRSJL LM(X)D, 800 Short 5.85 RS RS HLM(X)D Long RS RS All MD, 1200 Short 5.50 RS RS ND 1200 Long 8.00 RS RS Selection / dimensions Switchboard Mounting Plate Base RS475 Tulip Assemblies Circuit Breaker With Rear-Connecting Studs RS4755 Built to order. Allow 7 9 weeks for delivery. Furnished at no extra charge when ordered with plug-in mounting assembly. Each piece catalog number consists of (1) mounting block assembly and required tulip assemblies (2) for 2-pole, (3) for 3-pole For vertical bus mounting for horizontal, substitute PC55 for PC54 and PC57 for PC5. Price includes one current stud, insulating tube, stud nuts and terminal shields, when required. For proper electrical clearance, studs must alternate between short and long stud lengths on circuit breaker poles (e.g. SLSLSL or LSLSLS). /79

80 Enclosed Circuit Breakers Enclosures GENERAL Type 3R Type 1 ENCLOSED Types 5, 12 Type 1 A general indoor, sheet-steel enclosure for use in normal atmospheres. Type 3R An outdoor, sheet-steel enclosure providing protection against driving rain, sleet or snow. Listed as service entrance equipment. Types 5, 12 A special-industry, sheetsteel enclosure for use in atmospheres containing particles of lint, dust, dirt, sawdust and other foreign matter. /80

81 Enclosed Circuit Breakers Enclosures Type 1 Dimensions SELECTION/ dimensions Type 1 Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 K.O. Dimensions Number Maximum Weight Fig. Breaker of Current Catalog Lb./Ship. Dimensions (inches) Plcs. 2 Plcs. No. Type Poles Rating Number Package A B C D E F G H BQ, BQH, HBQ EB3100S ED2, ED4, ED, 0 E2N1S , 1 1 8, 7 8, 1 1 8, HED4, HED E2N1F , 1 3 8, ED4, ED, HED4, HED, 0 CEDN1S , , 2 CED CEDN1F FXD, FD, FXD-A, 1 1 8, 1 3 8, 1 1 8, 1 3 8, 2 FD-A, HFD, HFXD, FN1S , 2, 1 3 4, 20, HHFD, CFD FN1F 2 1 2, , 3 JXD2(A), JD(A), JXD(A), HJD(A), 3 HJXD(A), HHJD, JN HHJXD, SJD(A), SHJD(A), SXDH LD(A), LXD(A), HLD(A), HLXD(A), 3 HHLD, HHLXD, LDN SLD(A), SHLD(A), (LN1) SCJD, SCLD, LXDH 3 MD, MXD, SMD, HMD, HMXD, SHMD, ND, NXD, SND, HND, HNXD, SHND, CMD, SCMD, CND, SCND MND PD, PXD, HPD, HPXD, CPD, RD, SPD, SHPD, RXD, PRDN HRD, HRXD ENCLOSED For inches / millimeters conversion, see page 15/. Surface mounted, indoor. If flush mounting is required, replace suffix S in catalog number with suffix F. Also, if outdoor model required, use prefix W instead of E. Does not include circuit breaker. Order circuit breaker separately. Neutral not included. Order as separate item from table on next page. Neutral included in enclosure. Surface mounted, indoor. If outdoor model is required, use prefix W instead of E. Not available in flush ( F ) model. Use for ampere ED4, ED, HED4 or HED circuit breakers. Will not accept breaker with shunt trip. Will not accept 2-pole GFCI or breaker with shunt trip. Built to order. Consult sales office for factory lead time and prices. /81

82 Enclosed Circuit Breakers Enclosures Type 1 Dimensions SELECTION / DIMENSIONS ENCLOSED Number Maximum Weight Figure Breaker of Current Catalog Lb./Ship. Dimensions (inches) Number Type Poles Rating Number Package A B C D E F G H J K L M N P QJ2, QJH2, 4 QH2-H, QJ, QJH Neutrals Figure 4 Enclosure Neutral Catalog Catalog Neutral Cable Capacity List Number Number and Wire Range Price $ E2N1(S)(F) CEDN1(S)(F) EB3225S EB3225F W53045 (1 pc.) #14 2 Cu/Al 24. Grd. Lug (1 pc.) #14 8 Cu/Al FN1(S)(F) N250 (NFD) (1 pc.) # 350 kcmil Grd. Lug (1 pc.) #14 2/0 Cu/Al 259. (1 pc.) #1/0 750 kcmil Cu/Al or JN1 W0992 (NJD) (2 pcs.) #1/0 300 kcmil Cu/Al 259. Grd. Lug (1 pc.) # 250 kcmil Cu/Al LDN1 MND1 PRDN1 W0993 (NLD) W323 (NMND) N2000 (2 pcs.) #1/0 00 kcmil Grd. Lug (1 pc.) # 250 kcmil Cu/Al 393. (8 pcs.) 250 kcmil 500 kcmil Cu/Al 802. Grd. Lug (1 pc.) # 300 kcmil Cu/Al ( pcs.) #3/0 750 kcmil Cu/Al Grd. Lug (2 pcs.) #3/0 750 Cu/Al For inches / millimeters conversion, see page 15/. Does not include circuit breaker. Order circuit breaker separately. Neutral included in enclosure. Built to order. Consult sales office for factory lead time and prices. /82

83 Enclosed Circuit Breakers Enclosures Type 3R Dimensions SELECTION / DIMENSIONS Type 3R Number Maximum Weight Figure Breaker of Current Catalog Lb./Ship. Dimensions (inches) Number Type Poles Rating Number Package A B C D E F G H 2 5 BQ, BQH, HBQ ED2, ED4, ED, HED4, HED 2 3 WB E2N3R CED CEDN3R FXD, FD, FXD-A, 1 FD-A, HFD, HFXD, FN3R HHFD, CFD JXD2(A), JD(A), JXD(A), HJD(A), 1 HJXD(A), HHJD, JN3R HHJXD, SJD(A), SHJD(A), SXDH 1 LD(A), LXD(A), LXDH, HLD(A), HLXD(A), HHLD, HHLXD, CJD, CLD, SCJD(A), SLD(A), SHLD(A) Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure LDN3R (LN3R) MD, MXD, SMD, HMD, HMXD, SHMD, ND, NXD, 1 SND, HND, HNXD, MND SHND, CMD, SCMD, CND, SCND ENCLOSED For inches / millimeters conversion, see page 15/. Does not include circuit breaker. Order circuit breaker separately. Neutral not included. Order as separate item from table on next page. Neutral included in enclosure. Will not accept breaker with shunt trip. /83

84 Enclosed Circuit Breakers Enclosures Type 3R Dimensions SELECTION / dimensions ENCLOSED Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure Number Maximum Weight Figure Breaker of Current Catalog Lb./Ship. Dimensions (inches) Number Type Poles Rating Number Package A B C D E F G H J K L M QJ2, QJH2, WB QJ2-H, WB QJ, QJH Neutrals Enclosure Neutral Catalog Catalog Neutral Cable Capacity List Number Number and Wire Range Price $ E2N3R (1 pc.) #14 2 Cu/Al W53045 CEDN3R Grd. Lug (1 pc.) #14 8 Cu/Al FN3R N250 (NFD) (1 pc.) # 350 kcmil Grd. Lug (1 pc.) #14 2/0 Cu/Al (1 pc.) #1/0 750 kcmil Cu/Al or JDN3R W0992 (NJD) (2 pcs.) #1/0 300 kcmil Cu/Al 259. Grd. Lug (1 pc.) # 250 kcmil Cu/Al LDN3R MND3 Hubs see page /87 W0993 (NLD) W323 (NMND) (2 pcs.) #1/0 00 kcmil Grd. Lug (1 pc.) # 250 kcmil Cu/Al (8 pcs.) 250 kcmil 500 kcmil Cu/Al Grd. Lug (1 pc.) # 300 kcmil Cu/Al For inches / millimeters conversion, see page 15/. Does not include circuit breaker. Order circuit breaker separately. Neutral not included. Order as separate item from table on next page. Neutral included in enclosure. Use CED enclosure for all ED-frame ampere units. /84

85 Enclosed Circuit Breakers Enclosures Type 12 Types 5, 12 SELECTION / dimensions Number Maximum Weight Figure Breaker of Current Catalog Lb./Ship. Dimensions (inches) Number Type Poles Rating Number Package A B C D E F 2 ED2, ED4, ED, HED4, HED E2N CED CEDN FXD, FD, FXD-A, FD-A, HFD, CFD. JXD2(A), JD(A), JXD(A), HJD(A), HJXD(A), HHJD, HHJXD, SJD(A), SHJD(A) FN JN LD(A), LXD(A), HLD(A), HLXD(A), HHLD, 3 HHLXD, SLD(A), LDN SHLD(A), CJD, CLD, (LN12) SCJD(A), SCLD(A) 4 Dimensions Neutrals MD, MXD, SMD, HMD, HMXD, SHMD, ND, NXD, SND, HND, HNXD, SHND, CMD, SCMD, CND, SCND Figure MND Figure 2 Figure 3 Enclosure Neutral Catalog Catalog Neutral Cable Capacity List Number Number and Wire Range Price $ E2N12 CEDN12 W53045 (1 pc.) #14 2 Cu/Al 24. (1 pc.) #14 2 Cu/Al ENCLOSED FN12 N250 (NFD) (1 pc.) # 350 kcmil 259. Grd. Lug (1 pc.) #14 2/0 Cu/Al (1 pc.) #1/0 750 kcmil Cu/Al or JN12 W0992 (NJD) (2 pc.) #1/0 300 kcmil Cu/Al 259. Grd. Lug (1 pc.) # 250 kcmil Cu/Al LN12 W0993 (NLD) (2 pcs.) #1/0 00 kcmil 393. Grd. Lug (1 pc.) # 250 kcmil Cu/Al MND12 W323 (NMND) (8 pcs.) 250 kcmil 500 kcmil Cu/Al 802. Grd. Lug (1 pc.) # 300 kcmil Cu/Al Figure 4 For inches / millimeters conversion, see page 15/. Does not include circuit breaker. Order circuit breaker separately. Neutral not included. Order as separate item. Neutral included in enclosure. Use CED enclosure for all ED-frame ampere units. /85

86 Enclosed Circuit Breakers Enclosures Knockout and Hub Data SELECTION / dimensions Knockouts & Wire Bending Space Types 1, 12 Type 3R Number of Knockouts Per Panel (type 12 have no KO s) Conduit Range Maximum Maximum Cable Sizes Per Knockout Hub Size Recommended (Cu/Al) Breaker Outside Dimensions (inches) for Type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, Type (inches) Top Bottom Side Back Bottom Side Back Type 3R 12 & 12K Enclosures BQ, BQH, HBQ 3 4, 1, A QJ 1 1 2, 2, 2 1 2, ENCLOSED ED2, ED4, ED, 7 8, 1 1 8, 1 3 8, 1 3 4, HED4 7 8, 1 1 8, 1 3 8, 1 3 4, 2 2 CED 7 8, 1 1 8, 1 3 8, 1 3 4, 2, (CFD only 300 kcmil) FXD, FD, FXD-A, FD-A , 1 3 8, 1 3 4, 2, 2 1 2, 3 HFD, CFD JXD2(A), JXD(A), JD(A), HJD(A), HJXD(A), HHJD, 1 1 2, 2, 2 1 2, 3, 3 1 2, (2) 500 kcmil HHJXD, SJD(A), SHJD(A) LXD(A), LD(A), HLXD(A), HLD(A), HHLD, HHLXD, 1 1 2, 2, 2 1 2, 3, 3 1 2, (2) 500 kcmil SLD(A), SHLD(A) MD, SMD, HMD (3) 00 kcmil or 4 ND, SND, HND (4) 500 kcmil Hubs (Type 3R) Conduit Breaker Size Catalog Type (inches) Number QP, QPH, HQP, HR075 BQ, BQH, HBQ, 1 HR100 ED2, ED4, ED, HR125 HED4, HED, HR150 CED 2 HR HS125 QPP, QPPH, HQPP, HS150 QJ2, QJH2, QJ2-H 2 HS HS250 FXD-A, FD-A, HFD, HFXD, CFD, JXD2(A), JD(A), JXD(A), HJD(A), HJXD(A), LD(A), LXD(A), HLD(A), HLXD(A) HV250 3 HV HV350 4 HV400 Note: Enclosures for 250A max breakers have a hub provision on the rainshed. Enclosures for larger breakers (J, L, M & N frame) have blank top rainsheds. Drill or punch hole in the field to accommodate hub size desired. For inches / millimeters conversion, see page 15/ " high enclosure provides sufficient wire bending space for all available CB lugs. Sufficient wire bending space is provided for all available mechanical type CB lugs. The use of cables larger than those listed below may violate NEC & CSA wire bending space requirements. The use of compression type connectors will violate NEC and CSA wire bending space requirements. /8

87 Notes ENCLOSED /87

88 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Series Rated Combination Guide GENERAL /88

89 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Series Rated Combination Guide GENERAL Reading the Series Rated combination tables Identify the application voltage. Identify the available short circuit current at the point where the breaker is to be applied. Identify the ampere rating and number of poles for both the upstream and downstream breakers. Example: The application voltage is 208V, 3phase, the available short circuit current is 19,000 Amps. The Main breaker is 200A rated and the Branch breaker is 3 Pole, 100A rated. From the tables select the voltage greater than and closest to the application voltage. ( 240 ) From the IC column select the current rating greater than and closest to the application short circuit current. ( 22 ) From the Main Breaker column select the type based on the required ampere rating and number of poles. ( QJH2, 200A, 3P ) The Maximum current tested for this type of breaker is 225A. From the Branch Breaker column select the type based on the required ampere rating and number of poles. In some cases more than one option may be available. ( QP, BQ, BL ) IC/CI KA Diagram for the above example: Main Breaker / Disjoncteur principal Branch Breaker / Disjoncteur de branchement Type Ams (Poles) Type # Poles Amps 22 QJH (2 & 3) /240 QP, BQ, BL QPF, BQF BLF, QE, BE, BLE QT 1, 2 15, 20, /240 This information is of a general nature and is intended for reference purposes only. Although every effort to ensure correctness of the material, Siemens Canada Limited cannot assume any responsibility for actions taken on the basis of the content herein. Max Voltage (AC/CA) AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AT 208V (19K (10K AMPS) Amps) QJH2 MAIN BREAKER QP, BQ, BL FEEDER Figure 3 /89

90 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Series Rated Combination Guide GENERAL IC/CI KA Main Breaker / Disjoncteur principal Branch Breaker / Disjoncteur de branchement Type Ams (Poles) Type # Poles Amps QPH, BQH, BLH QPPH QJH2 QJ2H HQP, HBQ, HBL HQPP ED4, ED FD-A, FXD-A JXD2-A, JD-A, JXD- A LD-A LXD-A (1), (2), (3) (2) (2 & 3) (2 & 3) (1), (2), (3) (2) (1), (2 & 3) QP, BQ, BL (2 & 3) (2 & 3) (2 & 3) (2 & 3) Max Voltage (AC/CA) / / QE, BLE, QPF, BLF /240 QE, BLE, QPF, BQF, BLF QT 1, 2 15, 20, /240 QP, BQ, BL / /240 QE, BLE, BE, QPF, BQF, BLF QE, BLE, BE, QPF, BLF /240 QPP /240 QT 1, 2 15, 20, / /240 QP, BQ, BL QPF, BQF BLF, QE, BE, BLE QT 1, 2 15, 20, / /240 QP, BQ, BL / /240 QPH, BQH, BLH / QE, BLE, BE, QPF, BLF /240 QJH2 2, /240 QP, BQ, BL, QPH, BQH, BLH / QPF, BQF, BLF, BE, QFHF, BQHF, BLHF, QEH, BLEH, QE, BLE QEH, BLEH, QE, QPHF, BLHF, BLE, QPF, BLF /240 QT 1, /240 QP, BQ, BL, QPH, BQH, BLH / /240 QPF, BQF, BLF, QPHF, BQHF, BLHF, QEH, BLEH, QE, BLE, BE QEH, BLEH, QE, QPHF, BLHF, BLE, QPF, BLF /240 QT 1, QPPH, QPP / QP, BQ, BL, QPH, BQH, BLH / QPHF, BQHF, BLHF, QPF, BQF, BLF, QE, QEH, BLEH, BE, BLE QEH, BLEH, QE, QPHF, BLHF, BLE, QPF, BLF /240 ED2 1, 2, /240 QT 1, / /240 QP, BQ, BL, QPH, BQH, BLH / QJ2H, QJ2, QJH2 2, QPPH / /240 QPH, BQH, BLH / QJ2H, QJH2 2, /240 QPH, BQH, BLH / QJ2H, QJH2 2, /240 QPH, BQH, BLH / QJ2H, QJH2 2, /90

91 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Series Rated Combination Guide GENERAL IC/CI KA Main Breaker / Disjoncteur principal Branch Breaker / Disjoncteur de branchement Type Ams (Poles) Type # Poles Amps Max Voltage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

92 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Series Rated Combination Guide GENERAL IC/CI KA Main Breaker / Disjoncteur principal Branch Breaker / Disjoncteur de branchement Type Ams (Poles) Type # Poles Amps 100 HLD-A (2 & 3) HLXD-A SHLD-A HMD, HMXD SHMD SHND (2 & 3) (3) (2 & 3) (3) HND, HNXD (2 & 3) (2 & 3) HPD, HPXD, SHPD (3) HPD, HPXD, SHPD (3) Max Voltage (AC/CA) LD-A 2, LXD-A 2, SLD-A ED ED4, ED 2, FD-A, FXD-A 2, JD-A, JXD-A, JXD2-A, SJD-A 2, LD-A 2, LXD-A 2, SLD-A ED ED4, ED 2, FD-A, FXD-A 2, JD-A, JXD-A, JXD2-A, SJD-A 2, LD-A 2, LXD-A 2, SLD-A ED ED4, ED 2, FD-A, FXD-A 2, JD-A, JXD-A, JXD2-A, SJD-A 2, LD-A 2, LXD-A 2, SLD-A MD, MXD, SMD 2, ED ED4, ED 2, FD-A, FXD-A 2, JD-A, JXD-A, JXD2-A, SJD-A 2, LD-A 2, LXD-A 2, SLD-A MD, MXD, SMD 2, FD-A, FXD-A 2, JD-A, JXD-A, JXD2-A, SJD-A 2, LD-A 2, LXD-A 2, SLD-A MD, MXD, SMD 2, ND, NXD, SND 2, ED ED4, ED 2, FD-A, FXD-A 2, JD-A, JXD-A, JXD2-A, SJD-A 2, LD-A 2, LXD-A 2, SLD-A MD, MXD, SMD 2, ND, NXD, SND 2, ED ED4, ED 2, FD-A, FXD-A 2, JD-A, JXD-A, JXD2-A, SJD-A 2, LD-A 2, LXD-A 2, SLD-A MD, MXD, SMD 2, ND, NXD, SND 2, PD, PXD, SPD 2, /92

93 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Series Rated Combination Guide GENERAL IC/CI KA Main Breaker / Disjoncteur principal Branch Breaker / Disjoncteur de branchement Type Ams (Poles) Type # Poles Amps HRD, HRXD CED CFD HHJD, HHJXD, HHLD, HHLXD CJD CLD CMD (3) (2 & 3) (2 & 3) Max Voltage (AC/CA) ED ED4, ED 2, FD-A, FXD-A 2, JD-A, JXD-A, JXD2-A, SJD-A 2, LD-A 2, LXD-A 2, SLD-A MD, MXD, SMD 2, ND, NXD, SND 2, PD, PXD, SPD 2, RD, RXD 2, /240 QP, BQ, BL, QPH, BQH, BLH, HQP, HBQ, HBL / QPHF, BQHF, BLHF, QPF, BQF, BLF, QEH, QE, BE, BLEH QEH, BLEH, QPHF, BLHF, QPF, BLF, QE, BLE /240 ED4, HED ED4, ED, HED4, HED 2, QT 1, / /240 QP, BQ, BL, QPH, BQH, BLH, HQP, HBQ, HBL / QPHF, BQHF, BLHF, QE, BE, BLE, QPF, BQF, BLF, QEH, BLEH QPHF, BLHF, QE, BLE, QPF, BLF, QEH, BLEH /240 ED2 1, 2, /240 HED4, ED ED4, ED, HED4, HED 2, FD-A, FXD-A, HFD, HFXD 2, QJ2H, QJH2, QJ2 2, QPPH, QPP /240 QT 1, / (2 & 3) FD-A, FXD-A, HFD, HFXD 2, (2 & 3) (2 & 3) (2 & 3) QPH, BQH, BLH, HQP, HBQ, HBL / ED4, ED 2, FD-A, FXD-A, HFD, HFXD 2, JXD2-A, JD-A, JXD-A, HJD-A, HJXD-A 2, QT 1, /240 QPH, BQH, BLH, HQP, HBQ, HBL / ED4, ED 2, /240 FD-A, FXD-A, HFD, HFXD 2, JXD2-A, JD-A, JXD-A, HJD-A, HJXD-A 2, LD-A, HLD-A 2, LXD-A, HJXD-A 2, QT 1, /240 ED4, ED, HED4, HED 2, FD-A, FXD-A, HFD, HFXD 2, JXD2-A, JD-A, JXD-A, HJD-A, HJXD-A 2, LD-A, HLD-A 2, LXD-A, HLXD-A 2, MD, MXD, HMD, HMXD 2, SCMD (3) MD, MXD, HMD, HMXD 2, ED4, ED, HED4, HED 2, CND (2 & 3) FD-A, FXD-A, HFD, HFXD 2, JXD2-A, JD-A, JXD-A, HJD-A, HJXD-A 2, LD-A, HLD-A 2, CND (2 & 3) LXD-A, HLXD-A 2, MD, MXD, HMD, HMXD 2, ND, NXD, SND, HND, HNXD 2, /93

94 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Series Rated Combination Guide GENERAL IC/CI KA Main Breaker / Disjoncteur principal Branch Breaker / Disjoncteur de branchement Type Ams (Poles) Type # Poles Amps SCND CPD L T (300 V) J, R T L (1, 2, 3) Max Voltage (AC/CA) MD, HMD, HMXD, MXD, SHMD, SMD 2, ND, HND, SHND, NXD, HNXD, SND 2, FD-A, FXD-A, HFD, HFXD 2, JXD2-A, JD-A, JXD-A, HJD-A, HJXD-A 2, LD-A, HLD-A 2, LXD-A, HLXD-A 2, MD, MXD, HMD, HMXD 2, ND, NXD, SND, HND, HNXD 2, / / / / / / QP, BQ, BL 1, 2, /240 HQP, HBQ, HBL, QPH, BQH, BLH QPF, BQF, BLF, QE, BE, BLE, QEH, BLEH, BLHF, QPHF, BQHF, QEH, BLEH, QE, QPHF, BLHF, BLE, QPF, BLF /240 QT 1, / (1, 2, 3) QPH, BQH, BLH, HQP, HBQ, HBL 1, /240 ED4, HED ED4, ED, HED4, HED 2, (2, 3) FD-A, FXD-A 2, (2, 3) JD-A, JXD-A, JXD2-A, SJD-A 2, LD-A 2, (3) SLD-A (2, 3) LXD-A 2, (2, 3) ED4, HED /240 ED4, ED, HED4, HED 2, (2, 3) FXD-A, FD-A 2, (2, 3) LXD-A 2, (2, 3) QPH, BQH, BLH QPH, BQH, BLH JD-A, JXD-A, JXD2-A, SJD-A 2, LD-A 2, (3) SLD-A (2, 3) ED4, HED /240 ED4, ED, HED4, HED 2, FD-A, FXD-A 2, JD-A, JXD-A, JXD2-A, SJD-A 2, LD-A 2, LXD-A 2, SLD-A SMD SND PD, PXD, SPD RD, RXD R (2, 3) QJH2, QJ2H, QJ2 2, T, J (3) (3) 5 J, R (1, 2, 3) QPH, BQH, BLH T (1, 2, 3) (1, 2, 3) (2, 3) (2, 3) QJH2, QJ2H 2, (2, 3) QJ2 2, J, R (2, 3) HFD, HFXD 2, T (2, 3) HFD, HFXD 2, /94

95 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Series Rated Combination Guide IC/CI KA Main Breaker / Disjoncteur principal Branch Breaker / Disjoncteur de branchement Type Ams (Poles) Type # Poles Amps L (2, 3) GENERAL Max Voltage (AC/CA) HFD, HFXD 2, MD, MXD, HMD, HMXD 2, ND, NXD, HND, HNXD 2, BQD, CQD 1, 2, HED (2 & 3) ED ED4, ED 2, JD, JXD (2 & 3) 277 LD (2 & 3) ED4 2, LXD (2 & 3) 277 BQD, CQD 1, 2, 3 15, HED (2 & 3) ED ED4, ED 2, HJD-A, HJXD-A (2 & 3) 50 HLD-A, HLXD-A (2 & 3) MD, MXD (2 & 3) ND, NXD SMD SND SPD PD, PXD RD, RXD HFD, HFXD HJD-A, HJXD-A HED4 2, FD-A, FXD-A 2, JD-A, JXD-A, SJD-A 2, LD-A 2, LXD-A 2, SLD-A FD-A, FXD-A 2, JD-A, JXD-A, 2, (2 & 3) LD-A 2, LXD-A 2, SJD-A SLD-A JD-A, JXD-A 2, LD-A 2, (3) LXD-A 2, SJD-A SLD-A JD-A, JXD-A 2, LD-A 2, (3) LXD-A 2, SJD-A SLD-A JD-A, JXD-A 2, LD-A 2, (3) LXD-A 2, SJD-A SLD-A (3) FD-A, FXD-A 2, JD-A, JXD-A, SJD-A 2, LD-A 2, (3) LXD-A 2, SJD-A SLD-A FD-A, FXD-A 2, JD-A, JXD-A, SJD-A 2, (3) LD-A 2, LXD-A 2, SJD-A SLD-A BQD, CQD 1, 2, (2 & 3) ED4, HED ED4, ED, HED4, HED 2, HED4, ED (2 & 3) FD-A, FXD-A 2, JD-A, JXD-A 2, /95

96 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Series Rated Combination Guide GENERAL IC/CI KA Main Breaker / Disjoncteur principal Branch Breaker / Disjoncteur de branchement Type Ams (Poles) Type # Poles Amps 5 HLD-A (2 & 3) HLXD-A HMD, HMXD HND, HNXD HRD, HRXD HHJXD, HHJD, HHLD, HHLXD CMD (2 & 3) (2 & 3) (2 & 3) (3) (2 & 3) (3) Max Voltage (AC/CA) ED4, HED FD-A, FXD-A 2, JD-A, JXD-A 2, LD-A 2, LXD-A 2, ED4, HED FD-A, FXD-A 2, JD-A, JXD-A 2, LD-A 2, LXD-A 2, FD-A, FXD-A 2, JD-A, JXD-A 2, LD-A 2, LXD-A 2, FD-A, FXD-A 2, JD-A, JXD-A 2, LD-A 2, LXD-A 2, MD, MXD, SMD 2, FD-A, FXD-A 2, JD-A, JXD-A 2, LD-A 2, LXD-A 2, ED4, ED, HED4, HED FD-A, FXD-A, HFD, HFXD 2, FD-A, FXD-A, HFD, HFXD 2, JD-A, HJD-A, JXD-A, HJXD-A 2, LD-A, HLD-A 2, LXD-A, HLXD-A 2, MD, MXD, HMD, HMXD 2, SCMD (3) HFXD 2, SCND (3) HFD, HFXD 2, FD-A, FXD-A, HFD, HFXD 2, JD-A, JXD-A, HJD-A, HJXD-A 2, CND 1200 (3) LD-A, HLD-A 2, LXD-A, HLXD-A 2, MD, MXD, HMD, HMXD 2, ND, NXD, HND, HNXD 2, CPD (3) FD-A, FXD-A, HFD, HFXD 2, ED CJD (2 & 3) HFD, HFXD 2, JD-A, JXD-A, HJD-A, HJXD-A 2, ED HFD, HFXD 2, CLD (2 & 3) JD-A, HJD-A, JXD-A, HJXD-A 2, LD-A, HLD-A 2, LXD-A, HLXD-A 2, BQD, CQD 2, CED (2 & 3) ED4, HED ED4, ED, HED4, HED 2, BQD, CQD , CFD (2 & 3) ED4, ED 2, ED4, HED HED4, HED 2, FD-A, FXD-A, HFD, HFXD 2, J (1, 2, 3) ED (2, 3) ED4 2, J (1, 2, 3) ED T, J (2, 3) FD-A, FXD-A 2, J, R (2, 3) HFD, HFXD 2, /9

97 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Series Rated Combination Guide GENERAL IC/CI KA Main Breaker / Disjoncteur principal Branch Breaker / Disjoncteur de branchement Type Ams (Poles) Type # Poles Amps Max Voltage (AC/CA) JD-A, JXD-A, HJD-A, HJXD-A 2, (2, 3) 100 T, J, R LD-A, HLD-A, HLXD-A 2, (2, 3) LXD-A, 2, T (2, 3) HFD, HFXD 2, JD-A, JXD-A, HJD-A, HJXD-A 2, T, L (2, 3) LD-A, HLD-A 2, LXD-A, HLXD-A 2, HFD, HFXD 2, L (2, 3) MD, MXD, HMD, HMXD 2, ND, NXD, HND, HNXD 2, PD, HPD, HPXD R ED, HED (1, 2, 3) (1, 2, 3) BQD, CQD BQD,CQD , T, J ED, HED (1, 2, 3) (2, 3) BQD, CQD BQD,CQD 2, , /00 BQD, CQD HFD (2, 3) BQD, CQD, ED, HED 2, /00 ED, HED 2, / HJD, HJXD (2, 3) HLD, HLXD (2, 3) HFD HMD, HMXD (2, 3) JD, JXD HND (2, 3) HJD, HJXD 2, HNXD (2, 3) LD, HLD LXD, HLXD CFD (2, 3) BQD,CQD /00 2, 3 ED, HED HFD CMD (2, 3) JD, JXD CND (2,3) HJD, HJXD 2, CPD (2,3) LD, HLD HPD, HPXD (2, 3) CED CFD (2, 3) (2, 3) 100 J,R,T (2, 3) HFD 2, LXD, HLXD HFD JD, JXD HJD, HJXD 2, LD, HLD LXD, HLXD BQD,CQD 347/ / /00 ED, HED 2, BQD,CQD ED, HED , 3 HFD JD, JXD HJD, HJXD LD, HLD 2, LXD, HLXD /97

98 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Unusual Operating Conditions Note: The information provided on this and the next page is intended for reference and recommendation only. Because several variables can act on a circuit breaker s performance at the same time, the data below is based less on controlled testing, than on experience and engineering judgment. Contact Siemens for further information on special conditions and treatment. High Ambient Temperatures Because thermal-magnetic trip breakers are temperature sensitive and calibrated for a specific ambient of 40 C (104 F) (average enclosure temperature), a higher ambient will cause the breaker to trip at lower current than its nameplate rating, in other words, causing the breaker to derate (see Table 1). Similarly, the current carrying capacity of a circuit conductor is based upon a certain ambient temperature, a higher ambient will reduce its current carrying capacity, causing it to derate. Thus, with a fluctuating temperature, a thermal-magnetic breaker will derate nearly parallel with its connected circuit conductors and maintain close circuit protection. If the application temperature exceeds 40 C (104 F) and is known, either a breaker specially calibrated for the higher ambient or one oversized according to Table 1 may be selected. In a case such as this, the circuit conductors should be oversized as well. Siemens Sensitrip III and Type SB Encased Systems Breakers are insensitive to temperature changes. However, they do include circuitry to protect the components from abnormally high temperatures. Moisture Corrosion For atmospheres having high moisture content and / or where fungus growth is prevalent, a special preventive treatment may be required. Where the air is heavily laden with corrosive elements, breakers made with special corrosion-resistant finishes may be required. Altitude Reduced air density at altitudes greater than 00 ft. (2000 meters) affects the ability of a molded case circuit breaker to transfer heat and interrupt faults. Therefore, circuit breakers applied at these altitudes should have interrupting, insulation and continuous currents derated as indicated in Figure 1. Table 1 Temperature Derating Data for Thermal-Magnetic Breakers Reference Ampere Ampere Rating at: Rating at 25 C 50 C 0 C 40 C (104 F) (77 F) (122 F) (140 F) Siemens Breaker Frames ED QJ FD JD LD MD ND PD Altitude in Feet (Meters) 13,000 (4,000) 12,000 (3,75) 11,000 (3,350) 10,000 (3,000) 9,000 (2,750) 8,000 (2,400) 7,000 (2,100),000 (1,800) REFERENCE RD Rating Correction Factor Figure 1 Altitude Adjustment /98

99 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Unusual Operating Conditions 400 Hz Systems a Siemens molded case circuit breakers can be applied for overcurrent protection on 400Hz systems, commonly used to power computer installations, aircraft, military and other specialty equipment. Below are basic guidelines. Circuit Breaker Derating Required This table lists the maximum continuous current carrying capacity for Siemens breakers at 400Hz. Due to the increased resistance of the copper sections resulting from the skin effect produced by eddy currents at these frequencies, circuit breakers in many cases require derating. The thermal derating on these devices is based upon 100%, three-phase application in open air in a maximum of 40 C (104 F) with 48 in. (1219 mm) of the specified cable or bus at the line and load side. Additional derating of not less than 20% will be required if the circuit breaker is to be utilized in an enclosure. Further derating may be required if the enclosure 400Hz Breakers Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating 75 C (17 F) At 40 C (104 F) b Copper Siemens 0HZ 400HZ Cable per Pole Breaker Enclosed No of Wire Type Open Air Open Air c After Derating Pieces Size # # # # # #8 ED2, ED4, #8 ED, HED4, #8 CED # # # # # # # # # # #3 FD, FXD, #2 HFD, HFXD, #1 CFD #1/ #2/ #3/ #4/ kcmil #3/0 JXD2, JD, #4/0 JXD, HJD, kcmil HJXD, HHJD, kcmil HHJXD, CJD kcmil #3/ #3/0 JD, JXD, #4/0 HJD, HJXD kcmil 100% Rated kcmil kcmil #3/0 a The information provided on this page is intended for reference and recommendation only. Because several variables can act on a circuit breaker s performance at the same time, the data above is based less on ambient temperature exceeds 40 C (104 F). Cable and Bus Sizing The cable and bus sizes to be utilized at 400Hz are not based on standard National Electric Codes tables for 0Hz application. Larger cross sections are necessary at 400Hz. All bus bars specified are based upon mounting the bars in the vertical plane to allow maximum air flow. All bus bars are spaced at a minimum of 0.25 in. (mm) apart. Mounting of bus bars in the horizontal plane will necessitate additional drafting. Edgewise orientation of the bus may change the maximum ratings indicated. If additional information is required for other connections of cable or bus, contact Siemens for information. Application Recommendations It is recommended that temperatures be measured on the line and load terminals or T-connectors of the center pole. These Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating 75 C (17 F) At 40 C (104 F) b Copper Siemens 0HZ 400/415HZ Cable per Pole Breaker Enclosed No of Wire Type Open Air Open Air c After Derating Pieces Size kcmil LD, LXD, HLD, HLXD, HHLD, HHLXD, CLD LD, LXD, HLD, HLXD, 100% Rated MD, MXD, HMD, HMXD, CMD kcmil kcmil #3/ #4/ kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil #3/ #4/ kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil kcmil MD, MXD, HMD, HMXD, CMD 100% Rated ND, NXD HND, HNXD, CND ND, NXD HND, HNXD, CND PD, PXD, HPD, HPXD, CPD, 100% Rated PD, PXD, HPD, HPXD, CPD RD, RXD, HRD, HRXD 80% Rated controlled testing, than on experience and engineering judgment. Contact Siemens for further information on special conditions and treatment. Additional derating may be required if the ambient temperature is greater than 40 C (104 F). REFERENCE are usually the hottest terminals with a balanced load. A maximum temperature of 75 C (35 C over a maximum ambient of 40 C) would verify the particular application. Temperature profiles taken on these breakers can be correlated to ensure that the hottest points within the breaker are within the required temperature limits. Factory Configuration When required, molded case circuit breakers may be factory calibrated for 400Hz application. These breakers are specially labeled for 400Hz usage and their nameplate current rating will include the necessary derating factory. The highest Maximum Continuous Amperes rating at 400Hz, found in the table below approximates the highest specially calibrated 400Hz nameplate ampere rating available for a given frame size. Contact Siemens for ordering information on other breakers applied in 400Hz systems. Calculated after derating to compensate for the heating of the copper conductor, caused by the skin effect generated by eddy currents produced at 400/415HZ. /99

100 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Typical Specifications REFERENCE General Specifications Molded case circuit breakers shall provide circuit overcurrent protection with inverse time and instantaneous tripping characteristics and shall be Siemens Sentron, Sensitrip or approved equal. All circuit breakers shall be CSA Certified and conform to applicable requirements of NEMA Standard Publication No. AB1. All circuit breakers shall have a quick-make, quick-break over center toggle type mechanism and the handle mechanism shall be trip free to prevent holding contacts closed against a short circuit or sustained overload. All circuit breaker handles shall assume a position between ON and OFF when tripped automatically. Multipole circuit breakers shall be common-trip such that an overload or short circuit on any one pole will result in all poles opening simultaneously. Arc extinction is to be accomplished by magnetic arc chutes. All ratings are to be clearly visible. When reverse feed is indicated on the drawings, in accordance with CSA, circuit breakers with sealed trip units shall be supplied. Thermal Magnetic Specifications Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, all Circuit breakers 2000 Ampere and below shall have thermal-magnetic trip units, with inverse time-current characteristics. Automatic operation of these circuit breakers shall be obtained by means of thermal-magnetic tripping devices located in each pole providing inverse time delay and instantaneous circuit protection. Circuit breakers shall be ambient compensating in that, as the ambient temperature increases over 40 C, the circuit breaker automatically derates itself so as to better protect its associated conductor. Thermal magnetic breakers from 250 to 2000A frames shall have thermal interchangeable trip units, with instantaneous magnetic trip settings that are adjustable and accessible from the front of all circuit breakers on frame sizes 250 Amperes and above. Where indicated, provide circuit breakers CSA Certified for application at 100% of their continuous ampere rating in their intended enclosure. Motor Circuit Protectors Where indicated on the drawings and in the combination motor starter/motor control center schedule, furnish instantaneous magnetic trip only circuit breakers for motor short circuit protection. The magnetic trips shall be adjustable and accessible from the front of all circuit breakers frames. The continuous current rating shall be between 1 and 800 Amperes as indicated on the drawing. The interrupting rating of the circuit breakers shall be as indicated in the specifications, and shown on the drawing or single line diagram. The interrupting rating of the circuit breakers shall be at least equal to the available short circuit current at the line terminals of the circuit breaker and correspond to the CSA Certified integrated short circuit current rating specified. Internal Accessories Provide shunt trips, bell alarms, and auxiliary switches as shown on the contract drawings. Gold plated auxiliary switches shall be supplied for PLC connection. Internal accessories for all breakers shall be CSA Certified for field installation and modification. Solid State Sensing Specifications As indicated on the drawings, circuit breaker frames 400 Ampere through 3200-Ampere shall have microprocessorbased RMS sensing trip units, with the capability to measure through to the 21st harmonic. Automatic operation of all circuit breaker frames 400A and larger shall be obtained by means of solid state tripping elements providing inverse time delay and (instantaneous) and/or (short-time delay) circuit protection. Continuous current ratings shall be adjustable from 20% to 100% of the trip unit rating, without the need for a rating plug. Long-time delay and instantaneous trip shall be adjustable. The optional short-time trip function shall have adjustable pick-up settings, three fixed times, and I 2 t ramp. Circuit breaker frames 400A and larger, and where indicated on the drawings, shall be 100% equipment rated. Integral Ground Fault Option Main and feeder circuit breakers, as indicated on the drawings, shall be provided with integral ground fault protection. Ground fault pick-up shall be adjustable from 20% to 70% of the circuit breakers maximum continuous current rating. Ground fault time delay shall be adjustable with three 1 2 t ramps. Metering Option When indicated on the drawings, solid state trip breakers shall be furnished with a plug-in or panel mounted metering device. This device shall simultaneously display all three phase currents, as well as average current, ground current, and phase unbalance. In addition it shall display breaker status, a max log, and a trip log. The trip log will retain and display date, time and type of trip (overload, short circuit or ground fault) for the most recent 5 trip events. Current Limiting Specifications Where indicated on the drawings, Siemens current limiting circuit breakers are to be furnished. Current limiting circuit breakers shall limit the let-through I 2 t to a value less than the I 2 t of one-half cycle wave of the symmetrical prospective current without any fusible elements when operating within its current range. Series Connected Combination Specifications Where protective devices are applied in series combination, such that the prospective available fault current exceeds the interrupting rating (AIR) of the downstream protective devices, such combinations shall be CSA Certified combinations. All electrical equipment using these CSA Certified circuit breaker combinations shall be clearly marked. Connection Accessories Unless otherwise noted, Mechanical lugs shall be provided with all Molded Case Breakers. Where indicated on the drawings, compression lugs shall be provided on 1200 Ampere frame and below circuit breakers. All compression lugs shall be supplied by the Circuit Breaker Manufacturer. Where indicated on the drawings, CSA Certified plug-in or rear connectors shall be supplied. /100

101 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Superseded Breakers General Sentron Series Note Superseded Note Superseded CED2B015-CED2B125 CED2S100A CED3A001-CED3A125 CED3B015-CED3B125 CED3S100A - - CFD2A150, CFD2L150, CFD2A250 CFD2B070-CFD2B250 CFD2S250A CFD3A150, CFD3L150, CFD3A250 CFD3B070-CFD3B250 CFD3S250A CJD2B200-CJD2B400 CJD2H400, CJD2L400 CJD2S400A CJD3B200-CJD3B400 CJD3H400, CJD3L400 CJD3S400A CPD3B120-CPD3B10 ED21B015-ED21B100 ED22B015-ED22B100 ED22S100A ED23B015-ED23B100 ED23S100A ED41B015-ED41B100 ED42B015-ED42B125 ED42S100A ED43B015-ED43B125 ED43S100A ED1B015-ED1B100 ED2B015-ED2B125 ED2S100A ED3A001-ED3A125 ED3B015-ED3B125 ED3S100A CED2B015-CED2B125 CED2B015-CED2B125 FD2B070-FD2B250 FD3B070-FD3B250 FXD2A150, FXD2L150, FXD2A250 FXD2B070-FXD2B250 FXD2S250A FXD3A150, FXD3L150, FXD3A250 FXD3B070-FXD3B250 FXD3S250A HED41B015-HED41B100 HED42B015-HED42B125 HED43B015-HED43B125 - CED2B015-CED2B125 CED3B015-CED3B125 HFD2B070-HFD2B250 HFD3B070-HFD3B250 CED2B015-CED2B125 CED3B015-CED3B125 HJD3B200-HJD3B400 HLD3B250-HLD3B00 HMD3B500-HMD3B800 HND3B100-HND3B120 HPD3B120-HPD3B10 HRD3B10-HRD3B200,,,, CLE2B015-CLE2B100 CE2B015-CE2B100 CLE2S100 CE2S100 CLE3A001-CLE3A125 - CLE3B015-CLE3B100 CE3B015-CEB100 CLE3S100 CE3S100 HHED2B015-HHED2B125 HED2B015-HED2B125 HHED3B015-HHED3B125 HED3B015-HED3B125 CLF2A150, CLF2A250 - CLF2B070-CLF2B240 CJ2B125-CJ2B250 CLF2S250 - CLF3A150, CLF3A250 - CLF3B070-CLF3B250 CJ3B125-CJ3B250 CLF3S250 CLJ2B100-CLJ2B400 CJ2B300-CJ2B400 CLJ2L400, CLJ2H400 - CLJ2S400 CJ2S400 CLJ3B200-CLJ3B400 CJ3B300-CJ3B400 CLJ3L400, CLJ3H400 - CLJ3S400 CJ3S400 CP3B120-CP3B10 - E21B015-E21B100 E22B015-E22B100 E22S100A E23B015-E23B100 E23S100A E41B015-E41B100 E42B015-E42B100 E42S100 E43B015-E43B100 E43S100 E1B015-E1B100 E2B015-E2B100 E2S100A E3A001-E3A125 E3B015-E3B100 E3S100A HHED2B015-HHED2B125 HHED3B015-HHED3B125 F2B070, F2B250 - F3B070-F3B250 - EE1B015-EE1B100 EE2B015-EE2B100 EE2S100 EE3B015-EE3B100 EE3S100 FJ2A150, FJ2L150-FJ2A250 - FJ2B070-FJ2B250 FJ2B070-FJ2B225 FJ2S250 FJ2S225 FJ3A150, FJ3L150-FJ3A250 FJ3A225 FJ3B070-FJ3B250 FJ3B070-FJ3B225 FJ3S250 FJ3S225 HE41B015-HE41B100 - HE42B015-HE42B100 - HE43B015-HE43B100 - HED1B015-HED1B100 HED2B015-HED2B125 HED3B015-HED3B125 HF2B070-HF2B250 - HF3B070-HF3B250 - HHED2B015-HHED2B125 HHED3B015-HHED3B125 HJ3B200-HJ3B400 HL3B450-HL3B00 HN3B500-HN3B800 - HK3B100-HK3B120 - HP3B120-HP3B10 - HR3B10-HR3B200 - EH1B015-EH1B100 EH2B015-ED2B125 EH2S100 EH3B015-EH3B100 EH3S100 EF1B015-EF1B020 EF2B015-EF2B100 EF2S100 EF3A003, EF3J050, EF3L050-EF3A100, EF3H1 EF3B015-EF3B100 EF3S100 HED2B015-HED2B125 HED3B015-HED3B125 HE1B015-HE1B100 HE2B015-HE2B110 or (HE2B015-HE2B100) HE3B015-HE3B100 or (HE3B015-HE3B100) HED2B015-HED2B125 HED3B015-HED3B125 HJ3B125-HJ3B400 HL3B450-HL3B00 1 Mechanically and electrically interchangeable. 2 Electrically interchangeable only, refer to sales office for further details. 3 Electrically interchangeable only if the system interrupting capacity is less than or equal to: 200 ka at 240V AC 200 ka at 480V AC 100 ka at 00V AC 4 Electrically interchangeable only if the system interrupting capacity is less than or equal to: 200 ka at 240V AC 150 ka at 480V AC 100 ka at 00V AC 5 Refer to local sales office for replacement information. Effective 1994 The FD and FXD types have been replaced by FD-A and FXD-A type thermal / magnetic circuit breakers mechanically and electrically interchangeable with the exception that FXD-A and FD-A have 22kA at 00V AC ratings versus 18kA at 00V AC for types FXD and FD. /101

102 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Superseded Breakers general Sentron Series Note Superseded Note Superseded JD2B200-JD2B400 JD3B200-JD3B400 JXD22B200-JXD22B400 JXD22S400A JXD23B200-JXD23B400 JXD23S400A JXD2B200-JXD2B400 JXD2H400, JXD2L400 JXD2S400A JXD3B200-JXD3B400 JXD3H400, JXD3L400 JXD3S400A LD2B250-LD2B500 LD2B250-LD3B00 LXD2B450-LXD2B00 LXD2J00, LXD2L00 LXD2S00A LXD3B450-LXD3B00 LXD4H00, LXD3L00 LXD3S00A MD2B500-MD2B800 MD3B500-MD3B800 MXD2A800, MXD2H800, MXD2L800 MXD2S800A MXD3A800, MXD3H800, MXD3L800 MXD3S800A ND3B100-ND3B900 NXD3A120A PD3B120-PD3B10 PXD3S10A RD3B10-RD3B200 JLB200-JL2B400 JL3B200-JL3B400 JD22B200-JD22B400 JD22S400 JD23B200-JD23B400 JD23S400 JL2B070-JL2B400 JL3B0L0-JL3B400 JD2B250-JD2B400 JD2S400 JD3B250-JD3B400 JD3S400 JJ2B200-JJ2B400 JJ2B250-JJ2B400 JL2L400, JL2H400 JL2L400-JL2H400 JJ2S400A - JJ3B200-JJ3B400 JJ3B200-JJ3B400 JL3A400, JL3H400, JL3L400 JL3H400, JL3L400, JL3A225 JJ3S400A - LL3B250-LL2B00 LL3B250-LL3B00 LL2B450-LL2B00 LL3B450-LL3B00 LJ2B450-LJ2B00 - LL2H00, LL2U00, LL2X00 - LJ2S00 - LJ3B450-LJ3B00 - LL3H00, LL3L00 LL3A450, LL3H00 LJ3S00A LL3S00 KM2B500-KM2B800 - KM3B500-KM3B800 - KM2A800, KM2H800, KM2L800 - KM2S800 - KM3A00, KM3H800, KM3L800 - KM3S800 - KP3B100-KP3B900 - KP3S120 - HP3B120-HP3B10 - HP3S10 - HR3B10-HR3B200 - QJ22B00-QJ22B225 QJ2B125-QJ2B225 - QJ22B00H-QJ22B225H - - QJ22S225 QJS225 - QJ23B00-QJ23B225 QJ3B125-QJ3B225 - QJ23B00H-QJ23B225H - - QJH22B00-QJH22B225 QJH23B00-QJH23B225 QJH23S225 RD3B10-RD3B200 RXD3S200A SHJD9200-SHJD9400 SHJD9200G-SHJD9400G SHJD9200NGT-SHJD9400NGT SHJD9200NT-SHJD9400NT SHLD9300-SHLD900 SHLD9300G-SHLD900G SHLD9300NGT-SHLD900NG SHLD9300NT-SHLD900NT SHND9100A-SHND9120A SHND9100AG-SHND9120AG SHPD9120-SHPD910 SHPD9120G-SHPD910G QJ2H125-QJ2B225 - QJ3H125-QJ3H225 - QJ3S225 - HR3B10-HR3B200 - HR3S200 - SHJ3B200-SHJ3B400G - SHJ3B200G-SHJ3B400G - SHJ3N200G-SHJ3N400G - SHJ3N200-SHJ3N400 - SHL3B300-SHL3B00 - SHL3B300G-SHL3B00G - SHL3N300G-SHL3N00G - SHL3N300-SHL3N00 - SHND9100-SHND9800 SHND9100G-SHND9800G SHPF3B120-SHPF3B10 - SHPF3B120G-SHPF3B10G - SHKF3B100-SHKF3B800 SHKF3B100G-SHKF3B800G 1 Mechanically and electrically interchangeable. 2 Electrically interchangeable only, refer to sales office for further details. 3 Electrically interchangeable only if the system interrupting capacity is less than or equal to: 200 ka at 240V AC 200 ka at 480V AC 100 ka at 00V AC 4 Electrically interchangeable only if the system interrupting capacity is less than or equal to: 200 ka at 240V AC 150 ka at 480V AC 100 ka at 00V AC 5 Refer to local sales office for replacement information. /102

103 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Superseded Breakers New Sentron Series Note Superseded Note Superseded SHND9100NGT-SHND9800NGT SHND9100NT-SHND9800NT SHPF3B120-SHPF3B10 SHPF3B120G-SHPF3B10G SHPF3N120-SHPF3N10 SHPF3N120G-SHPF3N10G SJD9200-SJ39400 SJD9200G-SJD9400G SJD9200NGT-SJD9400NGT SJD9200NT-SJD9400NT SLD9300-SLD900 SLD9300G-SLD900G SLD9300NGT-SLD900NGT SLD9300NT-SLD900NT SMD900A-SMD9800A SMD900AG-SMD9800AG SMD900ANGT-SMD9800ANGT SMD900ANT-SMD9800ANT SND9800A-SND9120A SND9800AG-SND9120AG SND9800ANGT-SND9120ANGT SND9800ANT-SND9120ANT SPD9120-SPD910 SPD9120G-SPD910G SPD9120NGT-SPD910NGT SPD9120NT-SPD910NT SHKF3N100G-SHKF3N800G SHKF3N100-SHKF3N800 SHP3B120-SHP3B800 SHP3B120G-SHP3B800G SHP3N120-SHP3N800 SHP3N120G-SHP3N800G SJL3B200-SJL3B400 SJL3B200G-SJL3B400G SJL3N200G-SJL3N400G SJL3N200-SJL3N400 SLL3B300-SLL3B00 SLL3B300G-SLL3B00G SLL3N300G-SLL3N00G SLL3N300-SLL3N00 SMD900-SMD9800 SMD900G-SMD9800G SMD900NGT-SMD9800NGT SMD900NT-SMD9800NT SND9100-SND9800 SND9100G-SND9800G SND9100NGT-SND9800NGT SND9100NT-SND9800NT SHPF3B120-SHPF3B10 SHPF3B120G-SHPF3B10G SHPF3N120-SHPF3N10G SHPF3N120G-SHPF3N10G BQCC1B015-BQC1B030 CC1B015-CC1B030 CC2B015-CC2B030 CC3B015-CC3B030 EF2A003, EF2H050, EF2L050, EF2A100, EF2H150, EF2L150 EH1B015-EH1B100 EH2B015-EH2B100 EH3B015-EH3B100 HE2A003, HE2H050, HE2L050-HE2A100 HE3A003, HE3H050, HE3L050-HE3A100 HE3B015-HE3B100 SHK3N100G-SHK3N00G SHK3N100-SHK3N00 SKMF3B00-SKMF3B800 SKMF3B00G-SKMF3B800G SKMF3N00G-SKMF3N800G SKMF3N00-SKMF3N800 SKPF3B100-SKPF3B00 SKPF3B100G-SKPF3B00G SKPF3N100G-SKPF3N00G SKPF3N100-SKPF3N00 general 1 Mechanically and electrically interchangeable. 2 Electrically interchangeable only, refer to sales office for further details. 3 Electrically interchangeable only if the system interrupting capacity is less than or equal to: 200 ka at 240V AC 200 ka at 480V AC 100 ka at 00V AC 4 Electrically interchangeable only if the system interrupting capacity is less than or equal to: 200 ka at 240V AC 150 ka at 480V AC 100 ka at 00V AC 5 These units are for replacement purposes only. Consult sales office for availability. These units are no longer manufactured, and no replacement is available. /103

104 Siemens VL Circuit Breakers Reference Guide Selection/Application MOLDED MOLDED CASE CASE Page Breaker Frame Family GG EG DG FG JG Continuous Amps A A A A A Poles 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 Max. Volts AC 00Y/347V 00Y/347V 00V 00V 00V Breaker Type NGG NEG HEG NDG HDG LDG NFG HFG LFG NJG HJG LJG Interrupting Class N N H N H L N H L N H L 240Vac Interrupting UL 480Vac Rating RMS 00Vac 14 (00Y/347) Ratings Symmetrical 220/240Vac 5/33 85/43 100/50 5/5 100/75 200/150 5/5 100/75 200/150 5/5 100/75 200/150 Amperes l CS /l CU 380/415Vac 25/ /30 70/35 40/40 70/70 100/75 40/40 70/70 100/75 45/45 70/70 100/75 AC 50/0Hz 90Vac 12/ 12/ 12/ 12/ 12/ 12/ 12/ 15/8 15/8 250Vdc (2-Pole) DC 500Vdc (3-Pole) Interrupting 00Vdc (3-Pole) # # # # # # # # # Ratings (UL) 750Vdc (4-Pole) # # # # # # # # # 1-Pole 5.1H x 1W x 2.8D 5.5H x 1W x 3D Dimensions 2-Pole 5.1H x 2W x 2.8D 5.5H x 2W x 3D.9H x 4.1W x 3.4D 11H x 5.5W x 4.2D in Inches 3-Pole 5.1H x 3W x 2.8D 5.5H x 3W x 3D.9H x 4.1W x 3.4D 11H x 5.5W x 4.2D 4-Pole 5.5H x 4W x 3D.9H x 5.5W x 3.4D 11H x 7.2W x 4.2D Thermal-Magnetic Electronic Trip Unit Electronic with LCD Information Interchangeable Trip Unit Reverse Feed (w/non-interchangeable Trip) Communications Capability* Molded Case Switch Specific Motor Circuit Protector Application 100% Rated Breakers 50 C Calibrated A Auxiliary Switch Alarm Switch Shunt Trip Undervoltage Release Accessories & Mechanical Interlocks Modifications Electric Motor or Stored Energy Operator Rear Connecting Studs Plug-In Mounting Assy. w/trip Interlock Draw-Out Assembly Handle Mechanism Options Fungus Proofing NEMA 1 Indoor, Surface Mount NEMA 1 Indoor, Flush Mount NEMA 3R Outdoor, Rain Proof Enclosures A NEMA 4, 4X Stainless Steel NEMA 7, 9 Hazardous Locations NEMA 12 Dust Terminal Shields Distribution Lugs Ground Sensor (Neutral Transformer) 500Vdc nominal, 00Vdc max. for ungrounded DC UPS systems. DC Interrupting Ratings are not applicable to electronic circuit breakers. * - Communications available via a COM 10 module using Profibus protocol. # - Consult Siemens for these applications. GG and EG are not VL family breakers and do not share common VL accessories. A - Consult Siemens for availability. -1 /104

105 Siemens VL Circuit Breakers Reference Guide Selection/Application Page Breaker Frame Family LG MG NG PG Continuous Amps A A A A Poles 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 3, 4 Max. Volts AC 00V 00V 00V 00V Breaker Type NLG HLG LLG NMG HMG LMG NNG HNG LNG NPG HPG LPG Interrupting Class N H L N H L N H L N H L 240Vac Interrupting UL 480Vac Rating RMS 00Vac Ratings Symmetrical 220/240Vac 5/5 100/75 200/150 5/5 100/75 200/150 5/5 100/75 200/150 5/5 100/75 200/150 Amperes l CS /l CU 380/415Vac 45/45 70/70 100/75 50/50 70/70 100/75 50/25 70/35 100/50 50/25 70/35 100/50 AC 50/0Hz 90Vac 12/ 15/8 15/8 20/10 30/15 35/17 20/10 30/15 35/15 20/10 30/15 35/15 250Vdc (2-Pole) DC 500Vdc (3-Pole) Interrupting 00Vdc (3-Pole) # # # # # # # # # # # # Ratings (UL) 750Vdc (4-Pole) # # # # # # # # # # # # 1-Pole Dimensions 2-Pole 11H x 5.5W x 4.2D 1H x 7.5W x 4.7D 1H x 9W x.2d in Inches 3-Pole 11H x 5.5W x 4.2D 1H x 7.5W x 4.7D 1H x 9W x.2d 4-Pole 1H x 10W x 4.7D 1H x 12W x.2d Thermal-Magnetic Electronic Trip Unit Electronic with LCD Information Interchangeable Trip Unit Reverse Feed (w/non-interchangeable Trip) Communications Capability Molded Case Switch Specific Motor Circuit Protector Application 100% Rated Breakers 50 C Calibrated A Auxiliary Switch Alarm Switch Shunt Trip Undervoltage Release Accessories & Mechanical Interlocks Modifications Electric Motor or Stored Energy Operator Rear Connecting Studs Plug-In Mounting Assy. w/trip Interlock Draw-Out Assembly Handle Mechanism Options Fungus Proofing NEMA 1 Indoor, Surface Mount NEMA 1 Indoor, Flush Mount NEMA 3R Outdoor, Rain Proof Enclosures A NEMA 4, 4X Stainless Steel NEMA 7, 9 Hazardous Locations NEMA 12 Lint, Fine Dust, Oils, Coolant Terminal Shields Distribution Lugs Ground Sensor (Neutral Transformer) Communications available via COMPRO or COMMOD modules using Profibus or Modbus protocol. 500Vdc nominal, 00Vdc max. for ungrounded DC UPS systems. DC Interrupting Ratings are not applicable to electronic circuit breakers. # - Consult Siemens for these applications. A - Consult Siemens for availability. /105

106 Molded Case Circuit Breakers NGG 125A Frame Type NGG (Cable In - Cable Out) Shipping Weights Lugs For 0/75 C Wire 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole Continuous Ampere Rating Catalog Catalog 40 C Number Number Number 15 NGG1B015L NGG2B015L NGG3B015L NGG1B020L NGG2B020L NGG3B020L NGG1B025L NGG2B025L NGG3B025L NGG1B030L NGG2B030L NGG3B030L NGG1B035L NGG2B035L NGG3B035L NGG1B040L NGG2B040L NGG3B040L NGG1B050L NGG2B050L NGG3B050L NGG1B00L NGG2B00L NGG3B00L NGG1B070L NGG2B070L NGG3B070L NGG1B080L NGG2B080L NGG3B080L NGG1B090L NGG2B090L NGG3B090L NGG1B100L NGG2B100L NGG3B100L NGG2B110L NGG3B110L NGG2B125L NGG3B125L Line and load lugs are included as standard. If only load side lugs are needed, change L suffix to B. HACR rated. Suitable for screws or DIN rail mounting. Number of Number per Shipping Poles Carton Weight lbs. (kg) (0.34) (0.59) (0.98) Interrupting Ratings NGG Ampere Rating Wire Size Catalog Number 15 40A #14 # AWG Cu 1TC1Q1 (qty. 1) #12 # AWG Al 3TC1Q1 (qty. 3) A #8 #1 AWG Cu 1TA1Q1 (qty. 1) # #1/0 AWG Al 3TA1Q1 (qty. 3) A # #1/0 AWG Cu #4 #2/0 AWG Al A Nut Keeper plate w/screw (for crimp terminals) 3TA1GG20 (qty. 3) THKG3 (qty. 3) CSA / UL 489 AIR IEC Number RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) Volts AC (50/0Hz) Breaker of Volts AC(50/0Hz) Volts DC 220/ /415 Volts DC Type Poles / lcu lcs lcu lcs 250 NGG , TBD NGG NGG Selection 5.4 For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section. SWD rated. HID rated at 277 VAC. /10

107 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories for NGG and NGB 125A Frame Shunt Trip Control Voltage CQD, CQD, NGG V AC V DC Catalog Number List Price $ 120 CQDST CQDST CQDST CQDST CQDST CQDST CQDST CQDST CQDST125 SELECTION Auxiliary Switch Maximum Number Voltage of CQD, CQD, NGG AC DC Contacts Catalog Number List Price $ A 1B CQDA A 2B CQDA2 Alarm Switch Maximum Voltage CQD, CQD, NGG AC DC Catalog Number List Price $ CQDBA Shunt Trip and Auxiliary Switch Shunt Trip Voltage CQD, CQD, NGG AC DC Catalog Number List Price $ 120 CQDST120AAS 240 CQDST240AAS 277 CQDST277AAS 480 CQDST480AAS 00 CQDST00AAS 12 CQDST12DAS 24 CQDST24DAS 48 CQDST48DAS 125 CQDST125DAS Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Combinations For Breaker Catalog Number List Price $ CQD, CQD, NGG CQDA1BA Padlocking Devices for locking breaker in off position Terminal Shields Breaker type NGG HPLG NGG TSSG3A Handle Blocking Device NGG BQDHBD Built to order. Allow 8 weeks for delivery. /107

108 EG 125A Frame Molded Case Switch (Magnetic Trip Only) Continuous Ampere Catalog Rating Number 3-Pole 100 HES3S100L 125 HES3S125L 10 HES3S10L 4-Pole 125 HES4S125L EG 125A Frame 3-Pole Motor Circuit Protector Continuous Ampere Catalog Rating Number 3 HEM3M003L 7 HEM3M007L 15 HEM3M015L 30 HEM3M030L 50 HEM3M050L 70 HEM3M070L 100 HEM3M100L 125 HEM3M125L /108

109 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories for NEG and HEG 125A Frame Shunt Trip Control Voltage NEG, HEG Description V AC V DC Catalog Number List Price Rotary $ Handle Operator (black handle, breaker mounted) STRER Rotary Handle Operator with Door Interlock STREV (black handle, breaker mounted) STREM0D 3.00 Rotary Handle Operator (red handle, breaker mounted) Variable Depth Rotary Operator Kit (black handle, inch shaft) Variable Depth Rotary Operator Kit (black handle, 12 inch shaft) Variable Depth Rotary Operator Kit (black handle, 24 inch shaft) Maximum Number Variable Depth Rotary Operator Kit Voltage (red handle, inch shaft) of NEG, HEG Variable Depth Rotary Operator Kit AC DC Contacts Catalog Number List Price (red handle, $ 12 inch shaft) A 1B ASKE Variable Depth Rotary Operator Kit A 2B ASKE (red handle, 24 inch shaft) Flex Operator Kit (Flange Mounted Variable Depth, 24 in. cable) Flex Operator Kit (Flange Mounted Variable Depth, 3 in. cable) Flex Operator Kit (Flange Mounted Variable Depth, 48 in. cable) Maximum Flex Operator Kit Number Voltage (Flange Mounted Variable Depth, 0 in. cable) of NEG, HEG Flex Operator Kit AC DC Contacts Catalog Number List Price (Flange $ Mounted Variable Depth, 72 in. cable) A 1B ASKE Flex Operator Kit (Flange Mounted Variable Depth, 84 in. cable) A 2B ASKE Flex Operator Kit (Flange Mounted Variable Depth, 9 in. cable) Flex Operator Kit (Flange Mounted Variable Depth, 108 in. cable) Flex Operator Kit (Flange Mounted Variable Depth, 120 in. cable) Flex Operator Kit Control (Flange Mounted Variable Depth, 24 in. cable) Voltage NEG, HEG Flex Operator Kit (Flange Mounted Variable Depth, 3 in. cable) AC DC Catalog Number List Price $ Flex Operator Kit 0 UVREM (Flange Mounted Variable Depth, 48 in. cable) 120 UVREN Flex Operator Kit (Flange Mounted Variable Depth, 0 in. cable) 240 UVRER Flex Operator Kit (Flange Mounted Variable Depth, 72 in. cable) 480 UVREU Flex Operator Kit 00 UVREV (Flange Mounted Variable Depth, 84 in. cable) Flex Operator Kit UVREB24AD 3.00 (Flange Mounted Variable Depth, 9 in. cable) 48 UVREC48D 3.00 Flex Operator Kit (Flange Mounted Variable Depth, 108 in. cable) 125 UVRED125D 3.00 Flex Operator Kit 250 UVREE250D 3.00 (Flange Mounted Variable Depth, 120 in. cable) Auxiliary Switch Alarm Switch Undervoltage Trip Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Combinations For Breaker Catalog Number List Price $ NEG, HEG ASKE Locks and Interlocks Description Handle Blocking Device Handle Padlocking Device, 3-pole only (allows padlocking the handle in the OFF or ON position) Handle Operators All operators are for use on 3-pole and 4-pole breakers. NEMA Type Catalog Number 1 RHFESD 1 RHFESDL 1 RHFESDEM 1, 12, 3R, 4X RHVE4X 1, 12, 3R, 4X RHVE124X 1, 12, 3R, 4X RHVE244X 1, 12, 3R, 4X RHVEEM4X 1, 12, 3R, 4X RHVEEM124X 1, 12, 3R, 4X RHVEEM244X 1, 12 MFKE2 1, 12 MFKE3 1, 12 MFKE4 1, 12 MFKE5 1, 12 MFKE 1, 12 MFKE7 1, 12 MFKE8 1, 12 MFKE9 1, 12 MFKE10 Quantity per Kit 1 Accessory Kit Catalog Number HBDE 1 HPLE 4X 4X 4X 4X 4X 4X 4X 4X 4X MFKE4X2 MFKE4X3 MFKE4X4 MFKE4X5 MFKE4X MFKE4X7 MFKE4X8 MFKE4X9 MFKE4X10 Selection RHFESDEM RHVE4X Flex Operator Kit Miscellaneous Accessories Breaker Amp Rating (A) Description Mounting Screw Kit, 1-pole Mounting Screw Kit, 2-pole Mounting Screw Kit, 3 or 4-pole DIN Rail Adapter, 3 or 4-pole Catalog Number MSKE1 MSKE2 MSKE4 DRAE3 /109

110 VL Circuit Breakers Trip Unit Overview The interchangeability of the VL circuit breaker trip units allow for easy conversion from any of 3 types of protection. They are thermal-magnetic, electronic, or electronic with a built-in LCD display. The thermal-magnetic trip unit features an adjustable magnetic trip setting. The electronic trip units are microprocessor based true RMS sensing devices and are available with a variety of adjustable trip settings, configurations, and information menus. With precise control over the circuit beaker functions and access to system status, diagnostics, and information, these trip units allow for unsurpassed flexibility in circuit coordination. An example of coordination is the out of the box Ground Fault function on the Model 545 trip units. The pick-up and time delay settings are fixed for each Selection frame and do not overlap with the settings on the other frames. Therefore, when VL breakers are used together in a system the GF protection is automatically coordinated. The user also has the ability to program a custom coordination scheme with the high level of adjustability available on the Model 57 trip units. VL Trip Units Trip Unit Functions Model 525 Model 545 Model 57 Continuous Current Setting (I r) Thermal- Electronic Electronic Electronic Electronic Electronic with LCD Electronic with LCD Magnetic LI LIG LSI LSIG LSI LSIG Fixed Long Time Delay (t r) Fixed Fixed Instantaneous Overcurrent Setting (I i) Short Time Pick-up (I sd) (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) Short Time Delay (t sd) Short Time l 2 tpick-up Fixed Fixed Ground Fault Pick-up (l g) Fixed Fixed Ground Fault Delay (t g) Fixed Fixed Alarm &Status LEDs Built-in Display (LCD) Pre-Trip Alarm Last trip information Zone Selective Communications Adjustable setting. This feature is included. fixed Non-Adjustable setting. Feature is not included. Requires the trip unit to be connected to a PC (via a COMPRO or COMMOD communications module) for access or programming. Continuous Amps Rating (I r ) This setting is the continuous current that the breaker will carry without tripping. It can be set up to 100% of the trip unit s nominal rating (I n ). Long Time Delay (t r ) Sometimes referred to as the overload position, this function controls the breaker s pause-in-tripping time. It allows low level, temporary inrush currents such as those encountered when starting a motor to pass without tripping. The time delay begins when the current reaches xi r. Instantaneous Pick-up (I i ) This function sets the breaker to trip instantaneously during high fault conditions. On Model 545 trip units this setting is fixed onlsi and LSIG trip units and adjustable onliand LIG trip units. These features are fully adjustable on Model 57 trip units. ShortTime Pick-Up (l sd ) This function controls the level offault current the breaker will carry for ashort time without tripping, thus allowing downstream devices to clear short circuits ahead ofup-stream protection. It may be defeated (turned-off) on Model 57 trip units. ShortTime Delay (t sd ) This controls the interval of time the breaker will remain closed against a fault (at the Short Time Pick-up current level) without tripping. The time delay may be set at fixed points or at short time intervals based on l 2 tcurves. This function is used with the Short Time Pick-up to achieve selectivity and better system coordination. Ground Fault Pick-Up (I g ) This setting controls the level of ground fault current that will cause the breaker to trip. Model 545 Electronic Trip Units act on the residual current to sense ground current. The Model 57 Electronic Trip Unit is programmable and allows the user to select either the residual current method or direct detection (via a separate current transformer) to detect ground current. Ground FaultTime Delay (t g ) This controls the interval of time the breaker will remain closed after a ground fault is detected (at the Ground Fault Pick-up current level) without tripping. /110

111 M4-PAN-TORX M4-PAN-TORX VL Circuit Breakers GeneralInformation Selection Thermal-Magnetic trip units, Model 525, combine the inverse time element design for low level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic action for short circuit protection. The standard unit has preset overload protection and an adjustable instantaneous trip setting, with set points. Thermal-Magnetic trip units are available throughout the VL family, from 15 to 100A I i I n= 00A 40 C TM ~ Trip Unit/Disparador 525 Type/Tipo CLT3 Cat. No. CLT3B00 Electronic Trip Units Electronic trip units are available through the VL family, from 0A (which can be set as low as 30A) up through 100A. They are also available in four trip configurations (LI, LIG, LSI, LSIG) and features can include a built-in LCD display. On the Model 545 Electronic Trip Unit a flashing LED confirms that the microprocessor in operating and another indicates an overload condition. For ease-of-use and to insure proper coordination, the set points for the continuous current are shown on the face of these trip units in amps. On the Model 57, the LCD version, the current in each phase is continuously shown on the display. Unlike many Typical Trip Unit Labeling and Adjustment Positions displays, no secondary or auxiliary voltage is required as long as the breaker is energized and a minimal load current is present. These trip units can also indicate the last trip status (date, time, amps) when they re connected to a PC via one of our communications modules. Model 545 Electronic Trip Unit with LSIG trip functions Model 57 Electronic Trip Unit has an LCD display /111

112 VL Circuit Breakers DG 150A Frame, VL Series Ordering Information Complete Assembled Breaker Prices for a complete factory assembled DG breaker include the frame, trip unit, and standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are only available with standard connectors. For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as separate items. For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only. For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. For non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog number to X for standard breakers. For 50 C and special applications, refer to page A Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker. Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 IEC Volts AC(50/0 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/0 Hz) Breaker 220/ / Type ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS NDG HDG LDG Connectors for 75 C Wire Ampere Wire No. of cables Catalog List Construction Rating Range per connector Number Price $ Steel #8 1/0 Cu 1 3TW1DG Aluminum # 3/0 Al/Cu 1 3TA1DG Copper # 3/0 Cu 1 3TC1DG Distribution Lugs #14 #2 Cu (3pcs. Max) 3 3TA3DG #14 #4 Cu 3TADG Compression Lugs #14 2/0 kcmil Al/Cu 2CLD #14 2/0 kcmil Al/Cu 3CLD Standard connector supplied with complete breakers. Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors. 2 Lugs for 2-pole breakers. 3 Lugs for 3-pole breakers. DG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous Trip Adjustment Range Instantaneous Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (I i ) Amp Rating (I n ) Min. Max Note: Each breaker has trip settings in this range. Dimensions, inches (mm) Selection Number To Handle of Poles Width Length Depth D1 2, (105).9 (175) 3.4 (81) 4.2(107) (139) Approx. Shipping Weight,lbs.(kg) Trip Unit Complete Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker 2, (1.7) 2.2 (1.0) 2. (1.2) 5.9 (2.7) (2.2) 2. (1.2) 3.3 (1.5) 7.5 (3.4) A-Consult with Siemens for availability. External Accessories pages -142 through -155 /112

113 VL Case Circuit Breakers DG 150A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection I i AMPS I n =150A 40? C TM ~ TRIP UNIT/DISPARADOR 525 Type / Tipo CDT3 Cat. No.-CDT3B150 Model 525 Trip Unit DG 150A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NDG2F HDG2F LDG2F Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 50 NDG2B050L HDG2B050L LDG2B050L CDT2B NDG2B00L HDG2B00L LDG2B00L CDT2B NDG2B070L HDG2B070L LDG2B070L CDT2B NDG2B080L HDG2B080L LDG2B080L CDT2B NDG2B090L HDG2B090L LDG2B090L CDT2B NDG2B100L HDG2B100L LDG2B100L CDT2B NDG2B110L HDG2B110L LDG2B110L CDT2B NDG2B125L HDG2B125L LDG2B125L CDT2B NDG2B150L HDG2B150L LDG2B150L CDT2B DG 150A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NDG3F HDG3F LDG3F Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 50 NDG3B050L HDG3B050L LDG3B050L CDT3B NDG3B00L HDG3B00L LDG3B00L CDT3B NDG3B070L HDG3B070L LDG3B070L CDT3B NDG3B080L HDG3B080L LDG3B080L CDT3B NDG3B090L HDG3B090L LDG3B090L CDT3B NDG3B100L HDG3B100L LDG3B100L CDT3B NDG3B110L HDG3B110L LDG3B110L CDT3B NDG3B125L HDG3B125L LDG3B125L CDT3B NDG3B150L HDG3B150L LDG3B150L CDT3B DG 150A Frame 4-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit A N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NDG4F HDG4F LDG4F Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 50 NDG4B050L HDG4B050L LDG4B050L CDT4B NDG4B00L HDG4B00L LDG4B00L CDT4B NDG4B070L HDG4B070L LDG4B070L CDT4B NDG4B080L HDG4B080L LDG4B080L CDT4B NDG4B090L HDG4B090L LDG4B090L CDT4B NDG4B100L HDG4B100L LDG4B100L CDT4B NDG4B110L HDG4B110L LDG4B110L CDT4B NDG4B125L HDG4B125L LDG4B125L CDT4B NDG4B150L HDG4B150L LDG4B150L CDT4B A-Consult with Siemens for availability. /113

114 VL Circuit Breakers DG 150A Electronic 3-Knob &LCD Trip Units Selection DG 150A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit Model 545 Trip Units N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NDG3F150 HDG3F150 LDG3F150 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY ELECTRONIC LITRIP 0 NDG3N00L HDG3N00L LDG3N00L CDT3N NDG3N100L HDG3N100L LDG3N100L CDT3N NDG3N150L HDG3N150L LDG3N150L CDT3N150 ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 0 NDG3P00L HDG3P00L LDG3P00L CDT3P NDG3P100L HDG3P100L LDG3P100L CDT3P NDG3P150L HDG3P150L LDG3P150L CDT3P150 ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 0 NDG3U00L HDG3U00L LDG3U00L CDT3U NDG3U100L HDG3U100L LDG3U100L CDT3U NDG3U150L HDG3U150L LDG3U150L CDT3U150 ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP 0 NDG3X00L HDG3X00L LDG3X00L CDT3X NDG3X100L HDG3X100L LDG3X100L CDT3X NDG3X150L HDG3X150L LDG3X150L CDT3X150 DG 150A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit Model 57 Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NDG3F150 HDG3F150 LDG3F150 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 0 NDG3D00L HDG3D00L LDG3D00L CDT3D NDG3D100L HDG3D100L LDG3D100L CDT3D NDG3D150L HDG3D150L LDG3D150L CDT3D150 LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 0 NDG3E00L HDG3E00L LDG3E00L CDT3E NDG3E100L HDG3E100L LDG3E100L CDT3E NDG3E150L HDG3E150L LDG3E150L CDT3E150 /114

115 VL Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories for DG 150A and FG 250A Frames Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ 1Alarm Switch 1A/B Left, Right ASKL1 Bases AMBL2 &AMBL3 2Aux. Switches 1A + 1B Left, Right, Neutral ASKL2 Bases AMBL1 2 Aux. + 1Alarm Switch 1A + 1B, 1A/B Left, Right ASKL3 Bases AMBL2 &AMBL3 Selection Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ Up to 3Auxiliary Switches Left, Right, Neutral AMBL1 2Aux. + 1Alarm Switch Left Pocket Only AMBL2 2Aux. + 1Alarm Switch Right Pocket Only AMBL3 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG -PG Frames Description Catalog Number List Price $ 1 Normally Open Contact (1A) ASWPA 1 Normally Closed Contact (1B) ASWPB Shunt Trips Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ 24 VDC STRLB24DC 48-0 VDC STRLC0DC VDC STRLD125DC VDC Right Pocket Only STRLE250DC 48-0 VAC STRLM VAC STRLN VAC STRLS VAC STRLV00 Undervoltage Release Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ 12 VDC UVRLA12DC 24 VDC UVRLB24DC 48 VDC UVRLC48DC 0 VDC UVRLG0DC VDC UVRLD125DC VDC UVRLE250DC VAC Right Pocket Only UVRLN VAC UVRLR VAC UVRLP VAC UVRLS VAC UVRLT VAC UVRLU VAC UVRLV00 A refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open). B refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open). Refer to the Accessory Locations chart for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for accessory combinations. These kits include two bases, one for mounting switches in the left pocket and another for mounting in the right. Includes 1A and 1B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time. External Accessories pages -142 through -155 /115

116 VL Circuit Breakers FG 250A Frame, VL Series Ordering Information Complete Assembled Breaker Prices for a complete factory assembled FG breaker include the frame, trip unit, and standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors. For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as separate items. For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only. For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. For non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog number to X for standard breakers. For 50 C and special applications, refer to page -10. A Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker. Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 IEC Volts AC (50/0 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/0 Hz) Breaker 220/ / Type ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS NFG HFG LFG Connectors for 75 C Wire Ampere Wire No. of cables Catalog List Construction Rating Range per connector Number Price $ Steel #4 350 kcmil Cu 1 3TW1FG350 Aluminum #4 350 kcmil Al/Cu 1 3TAW1FG350 Copper #4 350 kcmil Cu 1 3TCW1FG350 Distribution Lugs #12 2/0 Cu 3 3TA3FG #14 #4 Cu 3TAFG04 Compression Lugs # 350 kcmil Al/Cu 2CLF # 350 kcmil Al/Cu 3CLF350 Standard connector supplied with complete breakers. Kit consists of3terminal connectors. 2 Lugs for 2-pole breakers. 3 Lugs for 3-pole breakers. FG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous Trip Adjustment Range Instantaneous Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (I i ) Amp Rating (I n ) Min. Max Note: Each breaker has trip settings in this range. Selection/Dimensions Dimensions, inches (mm) Number To Handle of Poles Width Length Depth D1 2, (105).9 (175) 3.4 (81) 4.2 (107) (139) Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg) Trip Unit Complete Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker 2, (1.8) 2.2 (1.0) 2. (1.2).2 (2.8) (2.4) 2. (1.2) 3.3 (1.5) 7.9 (3.) Enclosures A List NEMA Class Catalog Number Price $ 1(Flush) FG0251F CSO 1 (Surface) FG0221S (225Amax) CSO 1 (Surface) FG0251S (250A) CSO 3R FG0253R CSO 4 4X FG0254S CSO 7-9 FG02579 CSO 12 FG02512 CSO Neutral (future) A-Consult with Siemens for availability. External Accessories pages -142 through -155 /11

117 VL Circuit Breakers FG 250A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection I i AMPS I n =250A 40? C TM ~ TRIP UNIT/DISPARADOR 525 Type / Tipo CFT3 Cat. No.-CFT3B250 FG 250A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NFG2F250 HFG2F250 LFG2F250 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 100 NFG2B100L HFG2B100L LFG2B100L CFT2B NFG2B110L HFG2B110L LFG2B110L CFT2B NFG2B125L HFG2B125L LFG2B125L CFT2B NFG2B150L HFG2B150L LFG2B150L CFT2B NFG2B175L HFG2B175L LFG2B175L CFT2B NFG2B200L HFG2B200L LFG2B200L CFT2B NFG2B225L HFG2B225L LFG2B225L CFT2B NFG2B250L HFG2B250L LFG2B250L CFT2B250 FG 250A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NFG3F250 HFG3F250 LFG3F250 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 100 NFG3B100L HFG3B100L LFG3B100L CFT3B NFG3B110L HFG3B110L LFG3B110L CFT3B NFG3B125L HFG3B125L LFG3B125L CFT3B NFG3B150L HFG3B150L LFG3B150L CFT3B NFG3B175L HFG3B175L LFG3B175L CFT3B NFG3B200L HFG3B200L LFG3B200L CFT3B NFG3B225L HFG3B225L LFG3B225L CFT3B NFG3B250L HFG3B250L LFG3B250L CFT3B250 FG 250A Frame 4-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit A Model 525 Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NFG4F250 HFG4F250 LFG4F250 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 100 NFG4B100L HFG4B100L LFG4B100L CFT4B NFG4B110L HFG4B110L LFG4B110L CFT4B NFG4B125L HFG4B125L LFG4B125L CFT4B NFG4B150L HFG4B150L LFG4B150L CFT4B NFG4B175L HFG4B175L LFG4B175L CFT4B NFG4B200L HFG4B200L LFG4B200L CFT4B NFG4B225L HFG4B225L LFG4B225L CFT4B NFG4B250L HFG4B250L LFG4B250L CFT4B250 A-Consult with Siemens for availability. /117

118 VL Circuit Breakers FG 250A Electronic 3-Knob &LCD Trip Units Selection Model 545 Trip Units FG 250A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NFG3F250 HFG3F250 LFG3F250 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY ELECTRONIC LITRIP 100 NFG3N100L HFG3N100L LFG3N100L CFT3N NFG3N150L HFG3N150L LFG3N150L CFT3N NFG3N250L HFG3N250L LFG3N250L CFT3N250 ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 100 NFG3P100L HFG3P100L LFG3P100L CFT3P NFG3P150L HFG3P150L LFG3P150L CFT3P NFG3P250L HFG3P250L LFG3P250L CFT3P250 ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 100 NFG3U100L HFG3U100L LFG3U100L CFT3U NFG3U150L HFG3U150L LFG3U150L CFT3U NFG3U250L HFG3U250L LFG3U250L CFT3U250 ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP 100 NFG3X100L HFG3X100L LFG3X100L CFT3X NFG3X150L HFG3X150L LFG3X150L CFT3X NFG3X250L HFG3X250L LFG3X250L CFT3X250 FG 250A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit Model 57 Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NFG3F250 HFG3F250 LFG3F250 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 100 NFG3D100L HFG3D100L LFG3D100L CFT3D NFG3D150L HFG3D150L LFG3D150L CFT3D NFG3D250L HFG3D250L LFG3D250L CFT3D250 LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 100 NFG3E100L HFG3E100L LFG3E100L CFT3E NFG3E150L HFG3E150L LFG3E150L CFT3E NFG3E250L HFG3E250L LFG3E250L CFT3E250 /118

119 VL Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories for DG 150A and FG 250A Frames Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ 1 Alarm Switch 1A/B Left, Right ASKL1 Bases AMBL2 &AMBL3 2 Aux. Switches 1A + 1B Left, Right, Neutral ASKL2 Bases AMBL1 2 Aux. + 1Alarm Switches 1A + 1B, 1A/B Left, Right ASKL3 Bases AMBL2 &AMBL3 Selection Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches Left, Right, Neutral AMBL1 2 Aux. + 1Alarm Switch Left Pocket Only AMBL2 2 Aux. + 1Alarm Switch Right Pocket Only AMBL3 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG -PGFrames Description Catalog Number List Price $ 1 Normally Open Contact (1A) ASWPA 1 Normally Closed Contact (1B) ASWPB Shunt Trips Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ 24 VDC STRLB24DC 48-0 VDC STRLC0DC VDC STRLD125DC VDC Right Pocket Only STRLE250DC 48-0 VAC STRLM VAC STRLN VAC STRLS VAC STRLV00 Undervoltage Release Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ 12 VDC UVRLA12DC 24 VDC UVRLB24DC 48 VDC UVRLC48DC 0 VDC UVRLG0DC VDC UVRLD125DC VDC UVRLE VAC Right Pocket Only UVRLN VAC UVRLR VAC UVRLP VAC UVRLS VAC UVRLT VAC UVRLU VAC UVRLV00 A refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open). B refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open). Refer to the Accessory Locations chart for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for accessory combinations. These kits include two bases, one for mounting switches in the left pocket and another for mounting in the right. Includes 1A and 1B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time. External Accessories pages -142 through -155 /119

120 VL Circuit Breakers JG 400A Frame, VL Series Ordering Information Complete Assembled Breaker Prices for a complete factory assembled JG breaker include the frame, trip unit, and standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors. For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as separate items. For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only. For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. For non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog number to X for standard breakers. 100% Rated: For 100% rated breakers (or frames) with an interchangeable trip unit, change the 3 rd character of the catalog name to H. For 100% rated breakers with anon-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3 rd character of the catalog number to Y. For 50 C and special applications, refer to page -10. A Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker. Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 AIR (File E10848) IEC Volts AC (50/0 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/0 Hz) Breaker 220/ / Type ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS NJG HJG Connectors for 75 C Wire Ampere Wire No. ofcables Catalog List Construction Rating Range per connector Number Price $ Steel /0 00 kcmil Cu 1 3TW1JG00 Aluminum /0 250 kcmil Al/Cu 2 3TA2JG250 Aluminum kcmil Al 1 3TA1JG750 Aluminum /0 00 kcmil Cu 1 3TA1JG750 Copper /0 750 kcmil Cu 1 TC1JG750 Copper /0 250 kcmil Cu 2 TC2JG250 Distribution Lugs #14 4 Cu 12 3TA12JG #14 2/0 Cu 3TAJG20 Compression Lugs kcmil Al/Cu 3CLJ # 350 kcmil 3CLJ kcmil 3CLJ750 Standard construction supplied for each breaker. Kit consists of3terminal connectors. 3Lugs for 3-pole breakers. For 100% rate applications, 90 C. JG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous Trip Adjustment Range Instantaneous Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (I i ) Amp Rating (I n ) Min. Max Note: Each breaker has trip settings in this range. A-Consult with Siemens for availability. Selection/Dimensions Dimensions, inches (mm) Number To Handle of Poles Width Length Depth D1 2, (139) (183) 11 (279) 4.2 (102) 5.4 (138) Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg) Trip Unit Complete Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker 2, (14.2) 4.0 (1.8) 4.0 (1.8) 35.3 (1.0) (18.2) 5.0 (2.3) 5.0 (2.3) 45.2 (20.5) Enclosures A List NEMA Class Catalog Number Price $ 1 JG0401S CSO 1(Compact) JG0401SC CSO 3R JG0403R CSO 3R (Compact) JG0403RC CSO 7-9 JG03579 (350A max) CSO 12 JG04012 CSO Neutral (future) External Accessories pages -142 through -155 /120

121 M4-PAN-TORX M4-PAN-TORX VL Circuit Breakers JG 400A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection I i AMPS I n= 400A 40 C TM ~ Trip Unit/Disparador 525 JG 400A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NJG2F400 HJG2F400 LJG2F400 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 250 NJG2B250L HJG2B250L LJG2B250L CJT2B NJG2B300L HJG2B300L LJG2B300L CJT2B NJG2B350L HJG2B350L LJG2B350L CJT2B NJG2B400L HJG2B400L LJG2B400L CJT2B400 JG 400A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class Catalog List Continuous Number Price $ Ampere Rating COMPLETE BREAKER 250 NJJ2B250L 300 NJJ2B300L 350 NJJ2B350L 400 NJJ2B400L N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NJG3F400 HJG3F400 LJG3F400 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 250 NJG3B250L HJG3B250L LJG3B250L CJT3B NJG3B300L HJG3B300L LJG3B300L CJT3B NJG3B350L HJG3B350L LJG3B350L CJT3B NJG3B400L HJG3B400L LJG3B400L CJT3B400 JG 400A Frame 4-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit A N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NJG4F400 HJG4F400 LJG4F400 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 250 NJG4B250L HJG4B250L LJG4B250L CJT4B NJG4B300L HJG4B300L LJG4B300L CJT4B NJG4B350L HJG4B350L LJG4B350L CJT4B NJG4B400L HJG4B400L LJG4B400L CJT4B400 JJ 400A Frame 240V max., 2-polewith Thermal-Magnetic Non-InterchangeableTripUnit N-Interrupting Class Catalog List Continuous Number Price $ Ampere Rating COMPLETE BREAKER 250 NJJ3B250L 300 NJJ3B300L 350 NJJ3B350L 400 NJJ3B400L Model 525 Trip Unit JJ 400A Frame 240V max.,3-polewith Thermal-Magnetic Non-InterchangeableTrip Unit A-Consult with Siemens for availability. /121

122 VL Circuit Breakers JG 400A Electronic 3-Knob &LCD Trip Units Selection Model 545 Trip Units JG 400A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NJG3F400 HJG3F400 LJG3F400 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY ELECTRONIC LI TRIP 250 NJG3N250L HJG3N250L LJG3N250L CJT3N NJG3N400L HJG3N400L LJG3N400L CJT3N400 ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 250 NJG3P250L HJG3P250L LJG3P250L CJT3P NJG3P400L HJG3P400L LJG3P400L CJT3P400 ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 250 NJG3U250L HJG3U250L LJG3U250L CJT3U NJG3U400L HJG3U400L LJG3U400L CJT3U400 ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP 250 NJG3X250L HJG3X250L LJG3X250L CJT3X NJG3X400L HJG3X400L LJG3X400L CJT3X400 JG 400A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit Model 57 Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NJG3F400 HJG3F400 LJG3F400 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 250 NJG3D250L HJG3D250L LJG3D250L CJT3D NJG3D400L HJG3D400L LJG3D400L CJT3D400 LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 250 NJG3E250L HJG3E250L LJG3E250L CJT3E NJG3E400L HJG3E400L LJG3E400L CJT3E400 /122

123 VL Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories for JG 400A and LG 00A Frames Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ 1 Alarm Switch 1A/B Left, Right ASKL1 Bases AMBL2 &AMBL3 2 Aux. Switches 1A + 1B Left, Right, Neutral ASKL2 Bases AMBL1 2 Aux. + 1Alarm Switches 1A + 1B, 1A/B Left, Right ASKL3 Bases AMBL2 &AMBL3 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches Left, Right, Neutral AMBL1 2 Aux. + 1Alarm Switch Left Pocket Only AMBL2 2 Aux. + 1Alarm Switch Right Pocket Only AMBL3 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG -PGFrames Description Catalog Number List Price $ 1 Normally Open Contact (1A) ASWPA 1 Normally Closed Contact (1B) ASWPB Shunt Trips Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ 24 VDC STRLB24DC 48-0 VDC STRLC0DC VDC STRLD125DC VDC Right Pocket Only STRLE250DC 48-0 VAC STRLM VAC STRLN VAC STRLS VAC STRLV00 Undervoltage Release Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ 12 VDC UVRLA12DC 24 VDC UVRLB24DC 48 VDC UVRLC48DC 0 VDC UVRLG0DC VDC UVRLD125DC VDC UVRLE250DC VAC Right Pocket Only UVRLN VAC UVRLR VAC UVRLP VAC UVRLS VAC UVRLT VAC UVRLU VAC UVRLV00 Selection A refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open). B refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open). Refer to the Accessory Locations chart for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for accessory combinations. Includes 1A and 1B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time. External Accessories pages -142 through -155 /123

124 VL Circuit Breakers LG 00A Frame, VL Series Ordering Information Complete Assembled Breaker Prices for a complete factory assembled LG breaker include the frame, trip unit, and standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors. For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as separate items. For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only. For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. Change the third digit of the catalog number to X for non-interchangeable trip unit. For 50 C and special applications, refer to page -10. A Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker. A Toggle Handle Extension is included with each frame or complete breaker. Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 IEC Volts AC (50/0 Hz Volts DC Volts AC (50/0 Hz) Breaker 220/ / Type ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS NLG HLG LLG Connectors for 75 C Wire Ampere Wire No. of cables Catalog List Construction Rating Range per connector Number Price $ Aluminum #2/0 00 kcmil Al/Cu 2(load side) 3TA2LG00LD Aluminum #2/0 00 kcmil Al/Cu 2(line side) 3TA2LG00LN Copper #2/0 00 kcmil Cu 2(load side) 3TC2LG00LD Copper #2/0 00 kcmil Cu 2(line side) 3TC2LG00LN Compression Lugs # 350 kcmil Al/Cu CLL kcmil Al/Cu 3CLL kcmil Al/Cu CLL00 Standard construction supplied for each breaker. Kit consists of3terminal connectors. Kit consists of lugs for Line or Load end. Kit consists of 3 lugs for Line or Load end. LG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous Trip Adjustment Range Instantaneous Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (I i ) Amp Rating (I n ) Min. Max Note: Each breaker has trip settings. Selection/Dimensions Dimensions, inches (mm) Number To Handle of Poles Width Length Depth D1 2, (139) (183) Ext. 13. Shield (345.5) 11 (279) 4.2 (102) 5.4 (138) Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg) Trip Unit Complete Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker 2, (7.9) 3.5 (1.) 4.2 (1.9) 20.9 (9.5) (10.5) 4. (2.1) 5.5 (2.5) 27.8(12.) Enclosures A List NEMA Class Catalog Number Price $ 1 LG001S CSO 3R LG003R CSO 4 4X LG004S CSO 7-9 LG0079 CSO 12 LG0012 CSO Neutral (future) A-Consult with Siemens for availability. External Accessories pages -142 through -155 /124

125 M4-PAN-TORX M4-PAN-TORX VL Circuit Breakers LG 00A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection I i I n= 00A 40 C TM ~ Trip Unit/Disparador 525 Type/Tipo CLT3 Cat. No. CLT3B00 Model 525 Trip Unit LG 00A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NLG2F00 HLG2F00 LLG2F00 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 400 NLG2B400L HLG2B400L LLG2B400L CLT2B NLG2B500L HLG2B500L LLG2B500L CLT2B NLG2B00L HLG2B00L LLG2B00L CLT2B00 LG 00A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NLG3F00 HLG3F00 LLG3F00 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 400 NLG3B400L HLG3B400L LLG3B400L CLT3B NLG3B500L HLG3B500L LLG3B500L CLT3B NLG3B00L HLG3B00L LLG3B00L CLT3B00 /125

126 VL Circuit Breakers LG 00A Electronic 3-Knob &LCD Trip Units Selection Model 545 Trip Unit LG 00A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NLG3F00 HLG3F00 LLG3F00 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY ELECTRONIC LITRIP 400 NLG3N400L HLG3N400L LLG3N400L CLT3N NLG3N00L HLG3N00L LLG3N00L CLT3N00 ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 400 NLG3P400L HLG3P400L LLG3P400L CLT3P NLG3P00L HLG3P00L LLG3P00L CLT3P00 ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 400 NLG3U400L HLG3U400L LLG3U400L CLT3U NLG3U00L HLG3U00L LLG3U00L CLT3U00 ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP 400 NLG3X400L HLG3X400L LLG3X400L CLT3X NLG3X00L HLG3X00L LLG3X00L CLT3X00 LG 00A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit Model 57 Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NLG3F00 HLG3F00 LLG3F00 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 400 NLG3D400L HLG3D400L LLG3D400L CLT3D NLG3D00L HLG3D00L LLG3D00L CLT3D00 LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 400 NLG3E400L HLG3E400L LLG3E400L CLT3E NLG3E00L HLG3E00L LLG3E00L CLT3E00 /12

127 VL Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories for JG 400A and LG 00A Frames Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ 1 Alarm Switch 1A/B Left, Right ASKL1 Bases AMBL2 &AMBL3 2 Aux. Switches 1A + 1B Left, Right, Neutral ASKL2 Bases AMBL1 2 Aux. + 1Alarm Switches 1A + 1B, 1A/B Left, Right ASKL3 Bases AMBL2 &AMBL3 Selection Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches Left, Right, Neutral AMBL1 2 Aux. + 1Alarm Switch Left Pocket Only AMBL2 2 Aux. + 1Alarm Switch Right Pocket Only AMBL3 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG -PGFrames Description Catalog Number List Price $ 1 Normally Open Contact (1A) ASWPA 1 Normally Closed Contact (1B) ASWPB Shunt Trips Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ 24 VDC STRLB24DC 48-0 VDC STRLC0DC VDC STRLD125DC VDC Right Pocket Only STRLE250DC 48-0 VAC STRLM VAC STRLN VAC STRLS VAC STRLV00 Undervoltage Release Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ 12 VDC UVRLA12DC 24 VDC UVRLB24DC 48 VDC UVRLC48DC 0 VDC UVRLG0DC VDC UVRLD125DC VDC UVRLE250DC VAC Right Pocket Only UVRLN VAC UVRLR VAC UVRLP VAC UVRLS VAC UVRLT VAC UVRLU VAC UVRLV00 A refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open). B refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open). Refer to the Accessory Locations chart for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for accessory combinations. Includes 1A and 1B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time. External Accessories pages -142 through -155 /127

128 VL Circuit Breakers MG 800A Frame, VL Series Ordering Information Complete Assembled Breaker Prices for a complete factory assembled MG breaker include the frame, trip unit, and standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors. For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as separate items. For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only. For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. For non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog number to X for standard breakers. 100% Rated: For 100% rated breakers (or frames) with an interchangeable trip unit, change the 3 rd character of the catalog name to H. For 100% rated breakers with anon-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3 rd character of the catalog number to Y. For 50 C and special applications, refer to page -10. A Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker. A Toggle Handle Extension is included with each frame or complete breaker. Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 IEC Volts AC (50/0 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/0 Hz) Breaker 220/ / Type ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS NMG HMG LMG Connectors for 75 C Wire Ampere Wire No. ofcables Catalog List Construction Rating Range per connector Number Price $ Aluminum A 1/0 500 kcmil Al/Cu 3 3TA3MG500 Aluminum A kcmil Al/Cu 2 3TA2MG750 Copper A 1/0 500 kcmil Cu 3 TC3MG500 Aluminum A #2 00 kcmil Al/Cu 3 3TA3MG00 Compression Lug Kit A 1/0 500 kcmil Cu 9CLM500 Total of 9 connectors (3 per phase Line or Load). Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors. Standard connector supplied with complete breakers. Includes extended terminal cover. Consists of one terminal. For 100% rated applications. MG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous Trip Adjustment Range Instantaneous Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (I i ) Amp Rating (I n ) Min. Max Note: Each breaker has trip settings. Selection/Dimensions Dimensions, inches (mm) Number To Handle of Poles Width Length Depth D1 2, (190) 1 (40) 4.5 (114) 5.9 (151) 4 10(253) Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg) Complete Poles Frame Trip Unit Breaker 2, (14.2) 4.0 (1.8) 35.3 (1.0) (18.2) 5.0 (2.3) 45.2 (20.5) Enclosures A List NEMA Class Catalog Number Price $ 1 MG0801S CSO 3R MG0803R CSO Neutral (future) A-Consult with Siemens for availability. External Accessories pages -142 through -155 /128

129 3900 AMPS VL Circuit Breakers MG 800A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection I i I n= 800A 40 C TM ~ Trip Unit/Disparador 525 Model 525 Trip Unit MG 800A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NMG2F800 HMG2F800 LMG2F800 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 00 NMG2B00L HMG2B00L LMG2B00L CMT2B NMG2B700L HMG2B700L LMG2B700L CMT2B NMG2B800L HMG2B800L LMG2B800L CMT2B800 MG 800A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NMG3F800 HMG3F800 LMG3F800 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 00 NMG3B00L HMG3B00L LMG3B00L CMT3B NMG3B700L HMG3B700L LMG3B700L CMT3B NMG3B800L HMG3B800L LMG3B800L CMT3B800 /129

130 VL Circuit Breakers MG 800A Electronic 3-Knob &LCD Trip Units Selection Alarm >1.05 I r I sd t sd 2 V I t Sec..1.4 OFF 0.5 X3 80HG Amps x I r I t.3 ON.1.2 Active MG 800A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NMG3F800 HMG3F800 LMG3F800 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY ELECTRONIC LITRIP 00 NMG3N00L HMG3N00L LMG3N00L CMT3N NMG3N800L HMG3N800L LMG3N800L CMT3N800 ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 00 NMG3P00L HMG3P00L LMG3P00L CMT3P NMG3P800L HMG3P800L LMG3P800L CMT3P800 ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 00 NMG3U00L HMG3U00L LMG3U00L CMT3U NMG3U800L HMG3U800L LMG3U800L CMT3U800 ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP 00 NMG3X00L HMG3X00L LMG3X00L CMT3X NMG3X800L HMG3X800L LMG3X800L CMT3X800 MG 800A Frame 4-Pole Electronic Trip Unit A Model 545 Trip Units N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NMG4F800 HMG4F800 LMG4F800 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY ELECTRONIC LITRIP 00 NMG4N00L HMG4N00L LMG4N00L CMT4N NMG4N800L HMG4N800L LMG4N800L CMT4N800 ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 00 NMG4P00L HMG4P00L LMG4P00L CMT4P NMG4P800L HMG4P800L LMG4P800L CMT4P800 ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 00 NMG4U00L HMG4U00L LMG4U00L CMT4U NMG4U800L HMG4U800L LMG4U800L CMT4U800 ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP 00 NMG4X00L HMG4X00L LMG4X00L CMT4X NMG4X800L HMG4X800L LMG4X800L CMT4X800 MG 800A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NMG3F800 HMG3F800 LMG3F800 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 00 NMG3D00L HMG3D00L LMG3D00L CMT3D NMG3D800L HMG3D800L LMG3D800L CMT3D800 LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 00 NMG3E00L HMG3E00L LMG3E00L CMT3E NMG3E800L HMG3E800L LMG3E800L CMT3E800 X3 80JM Model 57 Trip Unit A= 05 B= 12 C= 15 N= 0 A-Consult with Siemens for availability. /130

131 VL Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories for MG 800A, NG 1200A and PG 100A Frames Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ 2Aux. +2Alarm Switches 2A + 2B Left Pocket Only ASKP3 Bases AMBP2 4 Aux. Switches 2A + 2B Left, Right, Neutral ASKP4 Bases AMBP1 Selection x4 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ Up to 4Auxiliary Switches Left, Right, Neutral AMBP1 2Aux. + 2Alarm Switches Left Pocket Only AMBP2 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG-PG Frames Description Catalog Number List Price $ 1Normally Open Contact (1A) ASWPA 1Normally Closed Contact (1B) ASWPB Shunt Trips Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ 24 VDC STRPB24DC 48-0 VDC STRPC0DC VDC STRPD125DC VDC Right Pocket Only STRPE250DC 48-0 VAC STRPM VAC STRPN VAC STRPS VAC STRPV00 Undervoltage Release Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ 12 VDC UVRPA12DC 24 VDC UVRPB24DC 48 VDC UVRPC48DC 0 VDC UVRPG0DC VDC UVRPD125DC VDC UVRPE250DC VAC Right Pocket Only UVRPN VAC UVRPR VAC UVRPP VAC UVRPS VAC UVRPT VAC UVRPU VAC UVRPV00 x4 A refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open). B refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open). Refer to the Accessory Locations chart for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for accessory combinations. External Accessories pages -125 through -139 /131

132 VL Circuit Breakers NG 1200A Frame,VL Series Ordering Information Complete Assembled Breaker with Lugs Prices for a complete factory assembled NG breaker include the frame, trip unit, and standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors. For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as separate items. For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only. For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. For non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog number to X for standard breakers. 100% Rated: For 100% rated breakers (or frames) with an interchangeable trip unit, change the 3 rd character of the catalog name to H. For 100% rated breakers with anon-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3 rd character of the catalog number to Y. For 50 C and special applications, refer to page -10. A Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker. A Toggle Handle Extension is included with each frame or complete breaker. Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 IEC Volts AC (50/0 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/0 Hz) Breaker 220/ / Type ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS NNG HNG LNG Connectors for 75 C Wire Ampere Wire No. of cables Catalog List Construction Rating Range per connector Number Price $ Aluminum A 1/0 500 kcmil Al/Cu 4 3TA4NG500 Aluminum A kcmil Al/Cu 3 3TA3NG750 Copper A 1/0 500 kcmil Cu 4 3TC4NG500 Aluminum A 1/0 500 kcmil Al/Cu 4 3TA4NG500H Compression Lug Kit A 1/0 500 kcmil Al/Cu 12CLN500 Total of 12 connectors (4 per phase Line or Load). 90 C for 100% rated breakers. Standard connector provided with complete breakers. Kit consists of3terminal connectors. NG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous Trip Adjustment Range Instantaneous Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (I i ) Amp Rating (I n ) Min. Max Note: Each breaker has trip settings. Enclosures A Selection/Dimensions Dimensions, inches (mm) Number To Handle of Poles W L D D1 2, 3 9 (229) 4 12(305) 1 (40) (152) 8.1 (207) Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg) Complete Poles Frame Trip Unit Breaker 2, (21.0) 8.8 (4.0) 55.1 (25.0) 4 0. (27.5) 13.2 (.0) 73.8 (33.5) Catalog List Type Number Price $ 1 NG1201S CSO 3R NG1203R CSO 12 NG12012 CSO Neutral (future) A-Consult with Siemens for availability. External Accessories pages -142 through -155 /132

133 VL Circuit Breakers NG 1200A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Selection I i AMPS I n= 40 C TM ~ 1200A I i AMPS I i AMPS Trip Unit/Disparador Amps Amps Model 525 Trip Unit NG 1200A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NNG2F120 HNG2F120 LNG2F120 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 800 NNG2B800L HNG2B800L LNG2B800L CNT2B NNG2B900L HNG2B900L LNG2B900L CNT2B NNG2B100L HNG2B100L LNG2B100L CNT2B NNG2B120L HNG2B120L LNG2B120L CNT2B120 NG 1200A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NNG3F120 HNG3F120 LNG3F120 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 800 NNG3B800L HNG3B800L LNG3B800L CNT3B NNG3B900L HNG3B900L LNG3B900L CNT3B NNG3B100L HNG3B100L LNG3B100L CNT3B NNG3B120L HNG3B120L LNG3B120L CNT3B120 /133

134 Trip Unit/Disparador 545 I n = 1200 A ~ Alarm >1.05 X3 I r t r 8 I i Amps Sec. Amps x Active V2.02 VL Circuit Breakers NG 1200A Electronic 3-Knob&LCDTrip Units Selection 2 4 Model 545 Trip Units NG 1200A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NNG3F120 HNG3F120 LNG3F120 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY ELECTRONIC LITRIP 800 NNG3N800L HNG3N800L LNG3N800L CNT3N NNG3N100L HNG3N100L LNG3N100L CNT3N NNG3N120L HNG3N120L LNG3N120L CNT3N120 ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 800 NNG3P800L HNG3P800L LNG3P800L CNT3P NNG3P100L HNG3P100L LNG3P100L CNT3P NNG3P120L HNG3P120L LNG3P120L CNT3P120 ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 800 NNG3U800L HNG3U800L LNG3U800L CNT3U NNG3U100L HNG3U100L LNG3U100L CNT3U NNG3U120L HNG3U120L LNG3U120L CNT3U120 ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP 800 NNG3X800L HNG3X800L LNG3X800L CNT3X NNG3X100L HNG3X100L LNG3X100L CNT3X NNG3X120L HNG3X120L LNG3X120L CNT3X120 NG 1200A Frame 4-Pole Electronic Trip Unit A N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NNG4F120 HNG4F120 LNG4F120 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY ELECTRONIC LITRIP 800 NNG4N800L HNG4N800L LNG4N800L CNT4N NNG4N100L HNG4N100L LNG4N100L CNT4N NNG4N120L HNG4N120L LNG4N120L CNT4N120 ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 800 NNG4P800L HNG4P800L LNG4P800L CNT4P NNG4P100L HNG4P100L LNG4P100L CNT4P NNG4P120L HNG4P120L LNG4P120L CNT4P120 ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 800 NNG4U800L HNG4U800L LNG4U800L CNT4U NNG4U100L HNG4U100L LNG4U100L CNT4U NNG4U120L HNG4U120L LNG4U120L CNT4U120 ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP 800 NNG4X800L HNG4X800L LNG4X800L CNT4X NNG4X100L HNG4X100L LNG4X100L CNT4X NNG4X120L HNG4X120L LNG4X120L CNT4X120 A-Consult with Siemens for availability. NG 1200A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Model 57 Trip Unit Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NNG3F120 HNG3F120 LNG3F120 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 800 NNG3D800L HNG3D800L LNG3D800L CNT3D NNG3D100L HNG3D100L LNG3D100L CNT3D NNG3D120L HNG3D120L LNG3D120L CNT3D120 LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG 4-W TRIP 800 NNG3E800L HNG3E800L LNG3E800L CNT3E NNG3E100L HNG3E100L LNG3E100L CNT3E NNG3E120L HNG3E120L LNG3E120L CNT3E120 /134

135 VL Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories for MG 800A, NG 1200A, and PG 100A Frames Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ 2 Aux. + 2Alarm Switches 2A + 2B Left Pocket Only ASKP3 Base AMBP2 4 Aux. Switches 2A +2B Left, Right, Neutral ASKP4 Base AMBP1 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ Up to 4Auxiliary Switches Left, Right, Neutral AMBP1 2 Aux. + 2AlarmSwitches LeftPocketOnly AMBP2 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG-PG Frames Description Catalog Number List Price $ 1 Normally Open Contact (1A) ASWPA 1 Normally Closed Contact (1B) ASWPB Shunt Trips Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ 24 VDC STRPB24DC 48-0 VDC STRPC0DC VDC STRPD125DC VDC Right Pocket Only STRPE250DC 48-0 VAC STRPM VAC STRPN VAC STRPS VAC STRPV00 Undervoltage Release Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ 12 VDC UVRPA12DC 24 VDC UVRPB24DC 48 VDC UVRPC48DC 0 VDC UVRPG0DC VDC UVRPD125DC VDC UVRPE250DC VAC Right Pocket Only UVRPN VAC UVRPR VAC UVRPP VAC UVRPS VAC UVRPT VAC UVRPU VAC UVRPV00 Selection x4 x4 A refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open). B refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open). Refer to the Accessory Locations chart for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for accessory combinations. External Accessories pages -142 through -155 /135

136 VL Circuit Breakers PG 100A Frame,VL Series&Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Ordering Information Prices for a complete factory assembled PG breaker include the frame and trip unit only. The connectors must be ordered as separate items. For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and connectors as separate items. Connectors require a Breaker Lug Mounting Assembly or Breaker Mounting Base and must be ordered as a seperate item. For DC applications, use Thermal magnetic trip unit only. For reverse feed applications select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. Change the third digit of the catalog number to X for non-interchangeable trip breakers. 100% Rated: For 100% rated breakers (or frames) with an interchangeable trip unit, change the 3 rd character of the catalog name to H. For 100% rated breakers with anon-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3 rd character of the catalog number to Y. For 50 C and special applications, refer topage -10. A Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker. A Toggle Handle Extension is included with each frame or complete breaker. Interrupting Ratings RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) UL 489 IEC Volts AC (50/0 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/0 Hz) Breaker 220/ / Type ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS NPG HPG LPG Connectors for 75 C Wire Ampere Wire No. ofcables Catalog List Construction Rating Range per phase Number Price $ Aluminum A 1/0 750 kcmil Al/Cu 3TAPG750 Copper A 1/0 750 kcmil Cu 3TCPG750 (future) Aluminum A kcmil 5 TA5P00 Aluminum A kcmil 4 TA4P750 Aluminum A kcmil TAR00 Copper A kcmil 5 TC5R00 Requires Lug Mounting Assembly LMAP100. Requires Breaker Mounting Base MBPG100 Kit or MBPG101. Consists of 3 connectors. Consists of 1 connector. For 100% rated applications, 90 C. Standard connector provided with complete breaker. Mounting Arrangement Description Catalog Number List Price $ Lug Mounting Assembly LMAP100 Breaker Mounting Base (Front Connect) MBPG100 Breaker Mounting Base (Rear Connect) MBPG101 PG 100A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Selection/Dimensions Dimensions, inches (mm) Number To Handle of Poles W L D D1 2, 3 9 (229) 4 12(305) 1 (40) (152) 8.1 (207) Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg) Complete Poles Frame Trip Unit Breaker 2, (27.3) 8.8 (4.0) 9.0 (31.3) (34.8) 13.2 (.0) 89.9 (40.8) PG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous Trip Adjustment Range Instantaneous Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (I i ) Amp Rating (I n ) Min. Max Note: Each breaker has trip settings in this range. Model 525 Trip Unit Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NPG3F10 HPG3F10 LPG3F10 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY 1200 NPG3B120 HPG3B120 LPG3B120 CPT3B NPG3B140 HPG3B140 LPG3B140 CPT3B NPG3B10 HPG3B10 LPG3B10 CPT3B10 A-Consult with Siemens for availability. External Accessories pages -142 through -155 /13

137 VL Circuit Breakers PG 100A Electronic 3-Knob&LCDTrip Units Selection PG 100A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NPG3F10 HPG3F10 LPG3F10 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY ELECTRONIC LI TRIP 1200 NPG3N120 HPG3N120 LPG3N120 CPT3N NPG3N10 HPG3N10 LPG3N10 CPT3N10 ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 1200 NPG3P120 HPG3P120 LPG3P120 CPT3P NPG3P10 HPG3P10 LPG3P10 CPT3P10 ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 1200 NPG3U120 HPG3U120 LPG3U120 CPT3U NPG3U10 HPG3U10 LPG3U10 CPT3U10 ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP 1200 NPG3X120 HPG3X120 LPG3X120 CPT3X NPG3X10 HPG3X10 LPG3X10 CPT3X10 PG 100A Frame 4-Pole Electronic Trip Unit A Model 545 Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NPG4F10 HPG4F10 LPG4F10 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY ELECTRONIC LI TRIP 1200 NPG4N120 HPG4N120 LPG4N120 CPT4N NPG4N10 HPG4N10 LPG4N10 CPT4N10 ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 1200 NPG4P120 HPG4P120 LPG4P120 CPT4P NPG4P10 HPG4P10 LPG4P10 CPT4P10 ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 1200 NPG4U120 HPG4U120 LPG4U120 CPT4U NPG4U10 HPG4U10 LPG4U10 CPT4U10 ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP 1200 NPG4X120 HPG4X120 LPG4X120 CPT4X NPG4X10 HPG4X10 LPG4X10 CPT4X10 PG 100A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit A-Consult with Siemens for availability. Model 57 Trip Unit N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FRAME ONLY Continuous NPG3F10 HPG3F10 LPG3F10 Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP 1200 NPG3D120 HPG3D120 LPG3D120 CPT3D NPG3D10 HPG3D10 LPG3D10 CPT3D10 LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP 1200 NPG3E120 HPG3E120 LPG3E120 CPT3E NPG3E10 HPG3E10 LPG3E10 CPT3E10 /137

138 VL Circuit Breakers Internal Accessories for MG 800A, NG 1200A, and PG 100A Frames Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ 2Aux. +2Alarm Switches 2A + 2B Left Pocket Only ASKP3 Base AMBP2 4 Aux. Switches 2A +2B Left, Right, Neutral ASKP4 Base AMBP1 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ Up to 4Auxiliary Switches Left, Right, Neutral AMBP1 2 Aux. + 2Alarm Switches Left Pocket Only AMBP2 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only Common to DG-PG Frames Description Catalog Number List Price $ 1 Normally Open Contact (1A) ASWPA 1 Normally Closed Contact (1B) ASWPB Shunt Trips Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ 24 VDC STRPB24DC 48-0 VDC STRPC0DC VDC STRPD125DC VDC Right Pocket Only STRPE250DC 48-0 VAC STRPM VAC STRPN VAC STRPS VAC STRPV00 Undervoltage Release Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number List Price $ 12 VDC UVRPA12DC 24 VDC UVRPB24DC 48 VDC UVRPC48DC 0 VDC UVRPG0DC VDC UVRPD125DC VDC UVRPE250DC VAC Right Pocket Only UVRPN VAC UVRPR VAC UVRPP VAC UVRPS VAC UVRPT VAC UVRPU VAC UVRPV00 Selection x4 x4 A refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open). B refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open). Refer to the Accessory Locations chart for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for accessory combinations. External Accessories pages -142 through -155 /138

139 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Molded Case Switch General Typically amolded case switch is used when acompact load-break switch is needed for disconnect purposes. The VL line of molded case switches from Siemens is made of the same materials and components as the VL circuit breakers but do not provide overcurrent protection. Each molded case switch has afixed instantaneous selfprotecting trip element which may open the switch under high fault conditions. Application Note Overcurrent protection must beprovided by an appropriate overcurrent protective device located upstream from Selection the molded case switch. Also, the short-circuit current rating of the switch is limited tothe interrupting rating ofthe upstream protective device or the ratings in the table below, whichever is less. Ordering Information Each type VL molded case switch accepts the same terminals and accessories as the equivalent VL circuit breakers. All type VL molded case switches are suitable for reverse feed applications. Mounting hardware and standard line and load terminals are included on ratings through 250A. For A ratings, order the lugs separately. All ratings are UL listed and CSA certified. Molded Case Switch Maximum Catalog List Catalog List Ampere Number Price $ Number Price $ Rating /Frame 2-Pole 3-Pole 150A /DG HDS2S150L HDS3S150L 250A /FG HFS2S250L HFS3S250L 400A /JG HJS2S400 HJS3S400 00A /LG HLS2S00 HLS3S00 800A /MG HMS2S800 HMS3S A /NG HNS2S120 HNS3S A /PG HPS3S10 Maximum Ampere Rating /Frame 250A /FG 400A /JG 00A /LG 800A /MG 1200A /NG 100A /PG Catalog List Number Price $ 3-Pole LFS3S250L LJS3S400 LLS3S00 LMS3S800 LNS3S120 LPS3S10 Short-Circuit Current Rating* Self Protective Instantaneous 240V 480V 00V Override 200k 100k 25k 3,500A 200k 100k 42k 4,400A 200k 100k 42k 5,500A 200k 100k 50k,500A 200k 100k 5k 12,000A 200k 100k 5k 12,000A Short-Circuit Current Rating* Self Protective Instantaneous 240V 480V 00V Override 100k 5k 20k 2,500A 100k 5k 35k 3,500A 100k 5k 35k 4,400A 100k 5k 35k 5,500A 100k 5k 35k,500A 100k 5k 35k 12,000A 100k 5k 35k 12,000A * The Short-Circuit Current Rating is the maximum available current of the circuit where the switch is used, when protected by an appropriate overcurrent protective device. Above 250A, terminals are not included and must be ordered separately. For terminal information and the variety of lugs available for VL breakers. /139

140 Molded Case Circuit Breakers MotorCircuit Protectors General Selection Protection of Motor Circuits Molded case circuit breakers are used in motor circuits as a disconnecting means and for short-circuit protection. They should be used in conjunction with motor-running, over-current protection devices, and should permit the motor to start without nuisance tripping from motor-inrush current. The circuit breaker should have a continuous current rating of not less than 115% of the motor fullload current. The recommended motor circuit protectors listed have continuous-current ratings of at least 115% of motor full-load currents. The trip setting positions are approximately 11 times motor full-load current. The suggested trip settings may need to be adjusted upward to no higher than 1300% of full-load current for non-design E type motors, and no greater than 1700% of full-load current for design E motors, to allow for motor startup due to in-rush current. Breaker Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter Siemens motor circuit protectors are recommended for use in combination motor starters to provide selective short-circuit protection for the motor branch circuit. The adjustable instantaneous trip feature of the Siemens motor circuit protector provides for a trip setting slightly above the peak motor in-rush current. With this setting, no delay is introduced in opening the circuit when a fault occurs. This circuit breaker has no time-delay trip element. Therefore it must be used in conjunction with, and immediately ahead of, the motor-running overcurrent protection device. Important: The information below does not apply to all motor applications: it is recommended that the user refer to the National Electrical Code (NEC) for specific needs. Table 1(When Breaker is Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter) 3-Phase Induction Type Motors (Siemens motor circuit protectors for branch circuit use with alternating-current combination, full voltage motor starters) Motor Full Trip Catalog Load Amperes Setting (A) Number ListPrice $ HDM3L150L HDM3M150L HDM3H150L Motor Full Trip Catalog Load Amperes Setting (A) Number List Price $ HJM3L HJM3M HLM3L HFM3L250L HFM3M250L HFM3H250L HLM3M HMM3M HNM3M ,000 Motor circuit protectors rated 150A and 250A are supplied with line and load lugs installed. If lugs are required on 400A to 1200A motor circuit breakers, order required lugs separately. /140

141 VL External Accessories OperatingMechanisms Selection /141

142 VL External Accessories OperatingMechanisms For DGtoFGFrame For JG to LG Frame 150 to250 A 400 Ato00 A Catalog List Catalog List Description Number Price $ Number Price $ Through Door Mounted Rotary Handle Operator Kit A Fixed depth and the handle ismounted directly on the circuit breaker. Lockable knob (for up to 3padlocks). NEMA 1, 12 RHFF RHFL Red Handle Version with red knob, yellow indicator plate NEMA 1, 12 RHFFEM RHFLEM Door Mounted Rotary Handle Operator Kit A Variable depth, door mounted handle. Includes knob with masking frame, indicator plate, detachable door coupling, 12" shaft, and breaker mounted rotary operator. Lockable knob (for up to 3 padlocks). NEMA 1, 12 RHVF RHVL Auxiliary Switch Kits A For Direct or Extended Rotary Handle Operators (RHF and RHV). Form C, Early Break type2 Aux. Switch Kit Includes 1switch with 5' wire For Variable Depth RHSFA RHSLA For Fixed Depth RHSFA1F RHSLA1F Includes 2switches with 5' wire For Variable Depth RHSFA RHSLA For Fixed Depth RHSFA2F RHSLA2F Door Mounted Rotary Operator Mechanism Only A Breaker mechanism only RHVFBM RHVLBM Door Mounted Rotary Handle Only A Standard version NEMA 1, 12 RHVM12H RHVM12H NEMA 3R RHVM3RH RHVM3RH NEMA 4X RHVM4XH RHVM4XH Red Handle version RHVMEMH 1.00 RHVMEMH 1.00 Extension Shaft Only, for Door Mounted Operator A 2inches (50.8mm) RHVMS RHVMS inches (7.2mm) 12 inches (304.8 mm) RHVMS RHVMS inches (40.4 mm) RHVMS RHVMS inches (09.mm) w/ support bracket During manual operation, Early Break auxiliary switch contacts open before the breaker opens. A -Consult with Siemens for availability. /142

143 For MG Frame For NG to PG Frame 800 A 1200 to 100 A Catalog List Catalog List Description Number Price $ Number Price $ Through Door Mounted Rotary Handle Operator Kit A Fixed depth, breaker mounted. For direct fitting to the circuit breaker. Lockable with upto3padlocks. NEMA 1,12 RHFM Red Handle version with red knob, yellow indicator plate NEMA 1,12 RHFMEM Door Mounted Rotary Handle Operator Kit A Variable depth, door mounted handle. Includes knob with masking frame, indicator plate, detachable door coupling, 12" shaft, and breaker mounted rotary operator. Lockable knob (for upto3 padlocks). NEMA 1, 12 RHVM Auxiliary Switch Kits A For Direct orextended Rotary Handle Operators (RHF and RHV). Early Break type2 Aux. Switch Kit Includes 1switch with 5' wire For Variable Depth RHSMA RHSPA For Fixed Depth RHSMA1F RHSPA1F Includes 2switches with 5' wire For Variable Depth RHSMA RHSPA For Fixed Depth RHSMA2F RHSPA2F Door Mounted Rotary Operator Mechanism Only A Breaker mechanism only RHVMBM RHVPBM Door Mounted Rotary Handle Only A Standard version NEMA 1, 12 RHVM12H RHVP3RH NEMA 3R RHVM3RH RHVP3RH NEMA 4X RHVM4XH RHVP4XH Red Handle version RHVMEMH 1.00 RHVPEMH Extension Shaft Only, for Door Mounted Operator A 2inches (50.8mm) RHVMS inches (7.2mm) RHVPS inches (304.8 mm) RHVMS RHVPS inches (40.4 mm) RHVMS inches (09.mm) w/ support bracket RHVPS RHVPS A-Consult with Siemens for availability. /143

144 VL External Accessories OperatingMechanisms For DG and FG Frame For JG and LGFrame 150 to 250 A 400 to 00 A Catalog List Catalog List Description Number Price $ Number Price $ Variable Depth Flange Mounted Operator Kit A Adjustable from 8"to1" Complete kit, includes handle and variable depth operator. NEMA 1, 3R, 12 FHVF3R FHVL3R NEMA 4X FHVF4X FHVL4X IEC Black Handle NEMA 1, 3R, 12 FHVF3RB FHVL3RB Max-Flex, Variable Depth Flange Mounted Operator Kit A Complete kit, includes handle, breaker operator, and cable. NEMA 1, 3R, 12 MFKF3R MFKL3R For DG and FG operators, the cable is 3", all others are 48" Handle Only, for Max-Flex Variable Depth A NEMA 1, 3R, 12 Plastic MFHM3R MFHM3R NEMA 1, 3R, 12 Steel -epoxy coated MFHM3RS MFHM3RS NEMA 4, 4X Steel -chrome plated MFHM4X MFHM4X Solid color (all gray) Plastic NEMA 1, 3R, 12 MFHM3RB MFHM3RB Solid color (black handle) Steel epoxy coated NEMA 1, 3R, 12 MFHM3RSB MFHM3RSB Breaker Operator Mechanism Only, for Max-Flex A MFMF MFML Cable Only, for Max-Flex Variable Depth A 3" MFCF MFCM " MFCF MFCM " MFCF MFCM " MFCF MFCM " MFCF MFCM " MFCF MFCM " MFCF MFCM " MFCF MFCM Handle Auxiliary Switch A Form C(1NO -1NC), early break 1Aux. switch MFSFA MFSLA Aux. switch MFSFA MFSLA Max-Flex handles are available with solid gray or black handles instead of the customary Red for On flange handle. The black handle is preferred for IEC markets, where red handles have a specific meaning. During manual operation, Early Break aux. contacts open before the breaker opens. A-Consult with Siemens for availability. /144

145 For MGFrame For NGFrame For PGFrame 800 A 1200 A 100 A Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Description Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Variable Depth Flange Mounted Operator Kit A Adjustable from 8"to 1" Complete kit, includes handle and variable depth operator. NEMA 1, 3R, 12 NEMA 4X IEC Black Handle NEMA 1, 3R, 12 Max-Flex, Variable Depth Flange Mounted Operator Kit A Complete kit, includes handle, breaker operator, and cable. NEMA 1, 3R, 12 MFKM3R MFKP3RS MFKP3RS For DG and FG operators, the cable is 3", all others are 48" Handle Only, for Max-Flex Variable Depth A NEMA 1, 3R, 12 Plastic MFHM3R NEMA 1, 3R, 12 Steel - epoxy coated MFHP3RS MFHP3RS MFHP3RS NEMA 4, 4X Steel - chrome plated MFHM4X MFHP4X MFHP4X Solid color (all gray) Plastic NEMA 1, 3R, 12 MFHM3RB Solid color (black handle) Steel epoxy coated NEMA 1, 3R, 12 MFHM3RSB MFHP3RSB MFHP3RSB Breaker Operator Mechanism Only, for Max-Flex A MFMM MFMP MFMP Cable Only, for Max-Flex Variable Depth A 3" MFCM " MFCM MFCP MFCP " MFCM MFCP MFCP " MFCM MFCP MF /145

146 VL External Accessories OperatingMechanisms Plug-In and Draw-Out Bases For DGtoFGFrame 150 to250 A Catalog List Description Number Price $ Stored Energy and Motor Operators Lockable with up to 3 padlocks. AC Voltage DCVoltage Stored Energy Type 24 SEAFB SEAFM SEAFY SEAFN SEAFR Cylinder Locks for FieldInstallation CLKF For DG Frame For FGFrame 150 A 250 A Catalog List Catalog Description Number Price $ Number Plug-inMountingBaseAssembly Includesbase, terminal blade kit, sec. terminal block assembly, base trip interlock, andmountinghardware. Rear Connected 3-pole PCBDRC PCBFRC Front Connected 3-pole PCBDFC PCBFFC Draw-out Assembly Includes base, position indicator switch, socket, base trip interlock, crank handle, connectors, and necessary shields. Rear Connected 3-pole DCADRC DCAFRC Front Connected 3-pole DCADFC DCAFFC (Draw-out assembly includes side plates and all hardware) Hex Wrench for racking draw-out assembly and position indicator DCHP DCHP Position Indicator Switch DCIP DCIP Form C switch to indicate breaker engaged/de-engaged position. Secondary Terminal Block Assy. PCTF PCTF Accessory connections for plug-in ordraw-out breakers. Pre-wired plug and block with 8terminal points. 90 Connection Adapter Kit PCAF PCAF For rear connected 3-pole plug-in base Plug-In Spare Breaker Kit PCXD PCXF Set ofterminal blades, 2terminal shield, &1trip interlock Draw-out Spare Breaker Kit DCXD DCXF Set ofterminal blades, &1trip interlock Spare BreakerTrip Interlock PCXFT PCXFT Up to 2 position indicator switches may be mounted per plug-in or draw-out base. Up to 2 plugs per breaker (1 terminal points) may be mounted on DG, and FG breakers. Up to 3 plugs per breaker (24 terminal points) may be mounted on JG, LG, MG, NG, and PG breakers. A - Consult Siemens for availability. /14

147 For JG to LG Frame For MG Frame For NG to PG Frame 400 to 00 A 800 A 1200 to 100 A Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Stored Energy Type Stored Energy Type Motor Operator Type SEALB SEAMB MTRPB SEALM SEAMM MTRPM SEALY SEAMY MTRPY SEALN SEAMN MTRPN SEALR SEAMR MTRPR CLKP CLKP CLKP For JGFrame For LG Frame For MG Frame For NG Frame For PGFrame 400 A 00 A 800 A 1200 A 100 A Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ PCBJRC PCBLRC PCBMRC PCBNRC PCBJFC PCBLFC DCAJRC DCALRC DCAMRC DCAPRC DCAPRC DCAJFC DCALFC DCAMFC DCAPFC3 A DCAPFC3 A DCHP DCHP DCHP DCHP DCHP DCIP DCIP DCIP DCIP DCIP PCTL PCTL PCTM PCTP PCTP PCXJ PCXL PCXM PCXN ASE REAKERS DCXJ DCXL DCXM DCXN DCXP PCXLT PCXLT PCXMT PCXPT PCXPT /147

148 VL External Accessories Connections Standard 3-Pole Set For DGFrame For FGFrame 150 A 250 A Catalog List Catalog List Description Number Price $ Number Price $ Front Bus Bar Connections Includes nut keeper plates and shield. Standard (straight) 3-Pole Set FBCD3 CSO FBCF3 CSO Bus Bar Connection Strap Kit Includes -Bus Bars, Nut Keepers & Shields Round Terminal Flat Terminal Flat Bus Bar Terminal Shields Rear-Connecting Studs Short length round term. (1piece) RTLDSR RTLFSR Long length round term. (1piece) RTLDLR RTLFLR Pole round term. kit, 2short + 1long SRTDR SRTFR Short length flat term. (1piece) RTLDSF RTLFSF Long length flat term. (1piece) RTLDLF RTLFLF Pole flat term. kit, 2short + 1long SRTDF SRTFF Flatbus bartype (1 piece) 3-Pole set of flat bus bar Terminal Shields Includes 1terminal shield, for line orload. 3-Pole Standard Shield TSSF TSSF Pole Extended Shield TSLF TSLF Interphase Barriers Set of2barriers IPBF IPBF Also fits plug-in and draw-out bases. Lug Mounting Assy. Breaker Mounting Base Front connected Rear connected Interphase Barriers Not ULlisted. A-Consult Siemens for availability. /148

149 For JGFrame For LG Frame For MG Frame For NG Frame For PGFrame 400 A 00 A 800 A 1200 A 100 A Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ FBCJ3 A CSO FBCL3 A CSO FBCM3 A CSO FBCP3 A CSO FBCP3 A CSO SSBP SSBPH % rated applications RTLJSR RTLJLR SRTJR RTLJSF RTLJLF SRTJF RTLLSF RTLMSF RTLNSF SRTLF SRTMF SRTNF TSSL TSSL TSSM TSSP TSSP TSLL TSLL TSLM TSLP TSLP IPBM IPBM IPBM IPBP IPBP LMAP MBPG MBPG A-Consult with Siemens for availability. /149

150 VL External Accessories Connections For DG Frame For FG Frame 150 A 250 A Catalog List Catalog List Discription Number Price $ Number Price $ Nut Keeper Plates For ring/tongue terminal orbus bar connections. (For metric threads on other than the JG or LG frame, change TNK to TMK ) 1Nut Keeper Plate TNKD.10 TNKF.10 Kit of 3 TNKD TNKF Mechanical Lugs Steel Wrap Around Body (Cu Wire Only) Cable Size; (cables per phase) #8-1/0; 1-hole #4-350 kcmil; 1-hole Single Lug TW1DG TW1FG Kit of 3 3TW1DG TW1FG Aluminum Body (Al or Cu Wire) Cable Size; (cables per phase) #-3/0; 1-hole #4-350 kcmil; 1-hole Single Lug TA1DG TAW1FG Kit of 2 Kit of 3 3TA1DG TAW1FG Cable Size; (cables per phase) Single Lug Kit of 2 Kit of 3 Cable Size; (cables per phase) Single Lug Kit of 3 Copper Body (Cu Wire Only) Cable Size; (cables per phase) #-3/0; 1-hole #4-350 kcmil; 1-hole Single Lug TC1DG TCW1FG Kit of 2 Kit of 3 3TC1DG TCW1FG Cable Size; (cables per phase) Single Lug Compression Lugs Cable Size; (cables per phase) #14-2/0; 1-cable #-350 kcmil; 1-cable Kit of2 2CLD CLF Kit of3 3CLD CLF Cable Size; (cables per phase) Kit of 2 Kit of 3 Cable Size; (cables per phase) Kit of 3 Distribution Lugs #14-#1; 2-hole and Cable Size; (cables per phase) #14-#2; 3-hole #14-2/0; 1-hole Single Lug TA3DG TA3FG Kit of 3 3TA3DG TA3FG Cable Size; (cables per phase) #14-#4; -hole #14-#4; -hole Single Lug TADG TAFG Kit of 3 3TADG TAFG /150

151 For JGFrame For LG Frame For MG Frame For NG Frame For PGFrame 400 A 00 A 800 A 1200 A 100 A Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ TMKJ.10 TNKL 9.80 TNKM 9.80 TNKP 9.80 TNKP 9.80 TMKJ TNKL TNKM TNKP TNKP /0-500 kcmil; 1-hole TW1JG TW1JG /0-250 kcmil; 2-hole #2-00 kcmil; 2-hole 1/0-500 kcmil, 3-hole 1/0-500 kcmil; 4-hole 1/0-750 kcmil; -hole TA2JG TA3MG TA2LG00LD TA3MG TA4NG TA2LG00LN TA2JG TA2LG00LD TA4NG TAPG TA2LG00LN TA4NG500H AL: kcmil AL: kcmil CU: 3/0-00 kcmil; 1-hole CU: 3/0-00 kcmil; 1-hole kcmil; 2-hole kcmil; 3-hole kcmil; 4-hole TA1JG TA1JG750 (400A max) 3.00 TA2MG TA3NG TA4P TA3NG TA1JG TA1JG750 (400A max) TA2MG TA3NG #2-00 kcmil; 3-hole kcmil; 5; -hole TA5P TAR TA3MG /0-250 kcmil; 2-hole #2-00 kcmil; 2-hole 1/0-500 kcmil; 3-hole 1/0-500 kcmil; 4-hole 1/0-750 kcmil; -hole TC2JG TC3MG TC2LG00LD TC2LG00LN TC2LG00LD TC4NG TCPG750 (future) TC2LG00LN /0-750 kcmil; 1-hole 1/0-500 kcmil; 3-hole kcmil; 5-hole TC1JG TC3NG500 CSO TC5R #-350 kcmil; 1-cable #-350 kcmil; 2-cable 1/0-500 kcmil; 3-cable 1/0-500 kcmil; 4-cable #2-00 kcmil; 8-cable 3CLJ CLL CLM500 (future) CLN CLP00 (future) kcmil; 1-cable 250 kcmil-750 kcmil; 1-cable 3CLJ CLL kcmil; 1-cable 250 kcmil-00 kcmil; 2-cable 3CLJ CLL #14-#4; 12-hole TA12JG TA12JG #14-2/0; -hole TAJG TAJG All lug kits include the nut keepers. Mounted on Load Side Only. Mounted on Line Side Only. Rated 90 for 100% Applications. Requires extended modified shield. Used only with LMAP 100 mounting base. Used with MBPG 100 or 101 mounting base. /151

152 VL External Accessories General For DGFrame For FGFrame 150 A 250 A Catalog List Catalog List Description Number Price $ Number Price $ Handle Padlocking Device HPLF HPLF To padlock breaker toggle in the OFF position. Accepts up to 3 padlocks with 5 8 mm shackles. Handle Blocking Device HBDF HBDF For holding the handle in the ON or OFF position. Not a lockout/tagout device. Handle Padlocking Device Walking-Beam Interlock Mechanism Cable Interlock System Walking-Beam Interlock Mechanism Provides mechanical interlocking between two adjacent circuit breakers. Fixed mounted breakers WBMFFM WBMFFM Plug-in or draw-out mounted breakers (Future) WBMFDP WBMFDP Note: Both breakers must be of the same frame size. Cable Interlock Mechanism Provides mechanical interlocking between 2 circuit-breakers - includes operator mechanism for one circuit breaker only. CBTF CBTF Combination with the next larger orsmaller frame size ispossible. Interlock Cable Cable only, to connect 2circuit breakers. Cable length 18in..4m (recommended up to 250A) CBCF CBCF Cable length 3in..91m (recommended from A) CBCM CBCM Cable length 54in. 1.37m (recommendedfrom A) CBCP CBCP Mounting Screw Kit Includes the necessary hardware to mount acircuit breaker to the user s prepared surface (SAE thread) Kit with 2screws MSKF MSKF Kit with 4 screws MSKF MSKF Trip Adjustment Sealing Cover Includes atrip unit cover to prevent tampering or adjustment of trip settings. Seal not included. Electronic Trip Units TSCPET TSCPET Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units TSCFTM TSCFTM /152 Discount Schedule MCCB

153 For JG Frame For LG Frame For MG Frame For NG Frame For PG Frame 400 A 00 A 800 A 1200 A 100 A Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ HPLL HPLL HPLM HPLP HPLP HBDL HBDL HBDM HBDP HBDP WBMLFM WBMLFM WBMMFM WBMPFM WBMPFM WBMLDP WBMLDP WBMMDP WBMPDP WBMPDP CBTL CBTL CBTM CBTP CBTP CBCM CBCM CBCM CBCP CBCP CBCP CBCP CBCP MSKL MSKL MSKM MSKP MSKP TSCPET TSCPET TSCPET TSCPET TSCPET TSCLTM TSCLTM TSCMTM /153

154 VL External Accessories Ground Sensors&Electronic Accessories Power Stick Spare Flat Cable RS232 Cable Com10 Profibus & Com11 Modbus Communications Module Door Cutouts&Extensions For DG Frame For FG Frame 150 A 250 A Catalog List Catalog List Description Number Price $ Number Price $ Neutral Current Transformer (Ground Sensor, N-pole) Neutral =35/0A NGSD Neutral =100A NGSF NGSF Neutral =150A NGSF NGSF Neutral =250A NGSJ Neutral =400A Neutral =00A Neutral =800A Neutral =1000/1200A Neutral =100A Communications &Electronics Power Stick -Hand held, battery operated power supply for EPSP18V EPSP18V LCD trip units. (Requires two -9V batteries) For programming and trip testing only. Test Kit -Portable power supply for programming, trip test, ELTPHB ELTPHB and checking CT s plus aport for local communications of currents flow and trip settings. (Requires two 9V batteries) Universal Power Supply -120/240Vac adapter used in lieu of UPAPELTK UPAPELTK V batteries for Test Kit ELTPHB (includes necessary cables) Power Supply with ZSI (for Model 57 trip units only. COMPS COMPS Includes necessary cables) Com10 Profibus Communications Module with ZSI COMPRO COMPRO for LCD trip Model 57 only Com11 Modbus Communications Module with ZSI COMMOD COMMOD for LCD Trip Model 57 only Communications Adapter -Interface with a laptop or PC CSAPELTU CSAPELTU to test or program Model 545 &57 trip units Cable for COM10/11 and Model 57 external COMKIT COMKIT power supply 5ft. (1.5m) Extension cable for COMKIT1 & COMKIT2, adds 5 ft. COMEXT COMEXT Spare flat cable for Test Kits or Communications Adapters COMPCA COMPCA RS232 type cable for Test Kits or Communications Adapters COMP COMP Cover Frame for Door Cutout For fixed or plug-in mounted circuit breakers. (IP30) 2-Pole &3-Pole BZLF BZLF For breakers with stored energy operator. (IP40) BZLFRHSE BZLFRHSE Cover Frame for Door Cutout Circuit-breaker draw-out mounted and toggle handle operated. Kit includes cover frame (bezel) and escutcheon as needed. (IP40) (not for use with rotary handle or stored energy operator) BZLFBDC BZLFBDC Toggle Handle Extension For spare orreplacement. (One is included with each LG -PGframe.) Toggle Handle Extension /154

155 For JG Frame For LGFrame For MG Frame For NGFrame For PGFrame 400 A 00 A 800 A 1200 A 100 A Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ Number Price $ NGSJ NGSL NGSL NGSM NGSM NGSN NGSN NGSP NGSP NGSP EPSP18V EPSP18V EPSP18V EPSP18V EPSP18V ELTPHB ELTPHB ELTPHB ELTPHB ELTPHB UPAPELTK UPAPELTK UPAPELTK UPAPELTK UPAPELTK COMPS COMPS COMPS COMPS COMPS COMPRO COMPRO COMPRO COMPRO COMPRO COMMOD COMMOD COMMOD COMMOD COMMOD CSAPELTU CSAPELTU CSAPELTU CSAPELTU CSAPELTU COMKIT COMKIT COMKIT COMKIT COMKIT COMEXT COMEXT COMEXT COMEXT COMEXT COMPCA COMPCA COMPCA COMPCA COMPCA COMP COMP COMP COMP COMP BZLL BZLL BZLM BZLP BZLP BZLLRHSE BZLLRHSE BZLMRHSE BZLPRHSE BZLPRHSE BZLLBDC BZLLBDC BZLMBDC BZLPBDC BZLPBDC THEL 3.00 THEL 3.00 THEM THEP THEP Discount Schedule MCCB /155

156 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers AccessoryLocations Selection Locations of Internally Mounted Accessories Frame Family Left Pocket Right Pocket DG*, FG*, JG, LG 150 to00a MG, NG, PG 800 to100a Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches Up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 1 Alarm Swich Up to 4 Auxiliary Switches Accessory Information Aux. Switch is an Auxiliary Switch, 1A or 1B contact Alarm Switch has 1Aor1Bcontact UVR isanundervoltage Release The standard location for factory mounted Auxiliary and Alarm Switches is the Left Pocket For 4-pole breakers, the 4th pole (located on the far left) can hold up to 3 Auxiliary Switches on DG, FG, JG, and up to4auxiliary Switches on MG, NG, and PG breakers Up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 2 Alarm Swiches Accessory Maximums DG, FG, JG,LG Maximum Accessories: Maximum ofsix () switches total DG, FGMaximum of two (2) Alarm Switches, one each in the Left and Right Pockets. JG, LGMax. of1alarm, Left only Maximum ofthree (3) switches combined in4th Pole and Left Pockets MG, NG, PG Maximum Accessories: Maximum ofeight (8) switches total Maximum oftwo (2) Alarm Switches, Left Pocket only Maximum of four (4) switches combined in4th Pole and Left Pockets Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 3 Auxiliary Switches or up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 1 Alarm Switch Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 3 Auxiliary Switches or up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 1 Alarm Switch * Except DG and FG breakers with Electronic Trip Units. Due to the location of the Magnetic Latch, the Left Pocket is not available for accessories. Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 4 Auxiliary Switches Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 4 Auxiliary Switches /15

157 VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers Suffix for factory mounted Switch Combinations Selection Then add Device If the frame is: And you need these functions: this suffix: Catalog Number 1Alarm Switch DG, FG, JGorLG 1 NO Alarm A1 ASKL1 1NCAlarm DG, FG, JG or LG 2Aux. Switches 1NO+1NCAux. Contacts 2Aux. + 1Alarm Switches 1NO + 1NC Aux. and 1NO Alarm DG, FG, JGorLG 1NO + 1NC Aux. and 1NC Alarm A3 ASKL3 2NO Aux. and 1NC Alarm 2NC Aux. and 1NO Alarm MG, NGorPG MG, NGorPG 2Aux. + 2Alarm Switches 1NO +1NC Aux. and 1NO + 1NC Alarm 2NO Aux. and 2NC Alarm 2NC Aux. and 2NO Alarm 4Aux. Switches 2NO + 2NC Aux. Suffix for factory mounted Shunt Trips Then add Device If the frame is: And you need these functions: this suffix: Catalog Number 24V DC RB STRLB24DC 48-0V DC RC STRLC0DC V DC RD STRLD125DC DG, FG, JG or LG V DC RE STRLE250DC 48-0V AC RM STRLM V AC RN STRLN V AC RS STRLS V AC RV STRLV00 MG, NGorPG A2 A3 A4 ASKL2 ASKP3 ASKP4 24V DC RB STRPB24DC 48-0V DC RC STRPC0DC V DC RD STRPD125DC V DC RE STRPE250DC 48-0V AC RM STRPM V AC RN STRPN V AC RS STRPS V AC RV STRPV00 Suffix for factory mounted Under Voltage Releases Then add Device If the frame is: And you need these functions: this suffix: Catalog Number 12V DC UA UVRLA12DC 24V DC UB UVRLB24DC 48V DC UC UVRLC48DC 0V DC UG UVRLG0DC V DC UD UVRLD125DC V DC UE UVRLE250DC DG, FG, JG or LG V AC UN UVRLN V AC UR UVRLR V AC UP UVRLP V AC US UVRLS V AC UT UVRLT V AC UU UVRLU480 00V AC UV UVRLV00 12V DC UA UVRPA12DC 24V DC UB UVRPB24DC 48V DC UC UVRPC48DC 0V DC UG UVRPG0DC V DC UD UVRPD125DC V DC UE UVRPE250DC MG, NGorPG V AC UN UVRPN V AC UR UVRPR V AC UP UVRPP V AC US UVRPS V AC UT UVRPT V AC UU UVRPU480 00V AC UV UVRPV00 /157

158 VL Technical Data DG FG JG LG MG NG PG Max rated continuous current Rated operational voltage NEMA V AC IEC VAC Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Main conducting paths kv Auxiliary circuits kv Ambient Temperature Range ºC -25 to to to to to to to +75 High Ambient Derating (thermal-mag.) 50ºC 93% 93% 93% 93% 95% 95% 95% 0ºC 8% 8% 8% 8% 8% 8% 80% 70ºC 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 74% Operating Cycles 20,000 20,000 20,000 10,000 5,000 3,000 3,000 Max switching rate (per hour) Power loss (at max. rated current) Thermal-magnetic W Electronic trip unit W IEC Time constant t = 10 ms 1current path 2 current paths 3current paths in series in series Up to 250V DC 440V DC 00V DC NEMA Time constant t=8ms 2 poles switching 1 current path 250V DC Max poles switching 2current paths inseries 500V DC Max Accessories Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Current rating (1 or 2 switches) Current rating (3 or 4same switch) A Shunt Trip Pick-up voltage V Power Consumption (short-time) at: 48 0VAC VA VAC VA VAC VA VAC VA VDC W VDC W VDC W VDC W Max. Operating time ms Consult Siemens for short circuit values. Review individual frame and type values. /158

159 VL Technical Data DG FG JG LG MG NG PG Undervoltage Trip Drop voltage (percentage) V 35% 70% 35% 70% 35% 70% 35% 70% 35% 70% 35% 70% 35% 70% Pick-up voltage (percentage) V 70% 85% 70% 85% 70% 85% 70% 85% 70% 85% 70% 85% 70% 85% Power consumption (continuous) at: VAC VA VAC VA VAC VA VAC VA VAC VA VAC VA VAC VA VAC VA Max. opening time ms Motorized Operating Mechanism Motor with stored energy mechanism (synchronizable) X X X X X X X Motor Operator X X Max. switching rate (per hour) Command duration ms Closing time ms <100 <100 <100 <100 <100 <5,000 <5,000 Charging time s <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 Break time s <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 Power consumption VA/W <500 Inrush (A) Control Voltages V AC VAC 24 VDC 48 VDC 0 VDC Operating Range % of rated control voltage /159

160 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Unusual Operating Conditions Reference Note: The information provided on this and the next page is intended for reference and recommendation only. Because several variables can act on a circuit breaker s performance at the same time, the data below is based less on controlled testing, than on experience and engineering judgment. Contact Siemens for further information on special conditions and treatment. High Ambient Temperatures Because thermal-magnetic trip breakers are temperature sensitive and calibrated for aspecific ambient of 40 C(104 F) (average enclosure temperature), a higher ambient will cause the breaker to trip at lower current than its nameplate rating, inother words, causing the breaker to derate (see Table 1). Similarly, the current carrying capacity of acircuit conductor is based upon a certain ambient temperature, ahigher ambient will reduce its current carrying capacity, causing itto derate. Thus, with afluctuating temperature, a thermal-magnetic breaker will derate nearly parallel with its connected circuit conductors and maintain close circuit protection. If the application temperature exceeds 40 C (104 F) and is known, either abreaker specially calibrated for the higher ambient or one oversized according to Table 1may beselected. In acase such as this, the circuit conductors should be oversized as well. Siemens Electronic Trip Unit Breakers are insensitive to temperature changes. However, they doinclude circuitry to protect the components from abnormally high temperatures. Moisture Corrosion For atmospheres having high moisture content and /orwhere fungus growth is prevalent, a special preventive treatment may berequired. Where the air isheavily laden with corrosive elements, breakers made with special corrosion-resistant finishes may be required. Altitude Reduced air density at altitudes greater than 00 ft. (2000 meters) affects the ability of amolded case circuit breaker to transfer heat and interrupt faults. Therefore, circuit breakers applied at these altitudes should have interrupting, insulation and continuous currents derated asindicated infigure 1. Table 1 Temperature Derating Data for Thermal-Magnetic Breakers Reference Ampere Ampere Rating at: Rating at 25 C 50 C 0 C 40 C (104 F) (77 F) (122 F) (140 F) Siemens Breaker Frames BQ, BL, BQD, CQD, NGG, NGB, ED DG FG JG LG MG NG Altitude in Feet (Meters) 13,000 (4,000) 12,000 (3,75) 11,000 (3,350) 10,000 (3,000) 9,000 (2,750) 8,000 (2,400) 7,000 (2,100) PG,000 (1,800) Rating Correction Factor Figure 1 Altitude Adjustment /10